10-K

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
þ
Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
¨
Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from
Commission file number: 001-36803
Town Sports International Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE
 
20-0640002
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
5 PENN PLAZA — 4TH FLOOR
NEW YORK, NEW YORK
 
10001
(Zip code)
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
 
(212) 246-6700
(Registrant’s telephone number,
including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨  No  þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨  No  þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirement for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ  No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ  No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part IV of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
  
Accelerated filer  
  
Non-accelerated filer
  
Smaller reporting company þ
 
  
 
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨  No  þ
The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2015 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $39.0 million (computed by reference to the last reported sale price on The Nasdaq National Market on that date). The registrant does not have any non-voting common stock outstanding.
As of March 1, 2016, there were 25,002,411 shares of Common Stock of the Registrant outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed not later than April 29, 2016, are incorporated by reference into Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Form 10-K.




Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15.
 




Table of Contents

TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including, without limitation, statements regarding future financial results and performance, potential sales revenue, potential club closures, results of cost savings initiatives, legal contingencies and tax benefits and contingencies, future declarations and payments of dividends, and the existence of adverse litigation and other risks, uncertainties and factors set forth under Item 1A., entitled “Risk Factors”, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other reports and documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “outlook”, “believes”, “expects”, “potential”, “continues”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “seeks”, “approximately”, “predicts”, “intends”, “plans”, “estimates”, “anticipates”, “target”, “could” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. These statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside our control, including, among others, the level of market demand for our services, economic conditions affecting our business, the success of our pricing model, the geographic concentration of our clubs, competitive pressure, the ability to achieve reductions in operating costs and to continue to integrate acquisitions, outsourcing of certain aspects of our business, environmental matters, the application of Federal and state tax laws and regulations, any security and privacy breaches involving customer data, the levels and terms of the Company’s indebtedness, and other specific factors discussed herein and in other SEC filings by us. We believe that all forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions when made; however, we caution that it is impossible to predict actual results or outcomes or the effects of risks, uncertainties or other factors on anticipated results or outcomes and that, accordingly, one should not place undue reliance on these statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date when made, and we undertake no obligation to update these statements in light of subsequent events or developments. Actual results may differ materially from anticipated results or outcomes discussed in any forward-looking statement.
PART I
Item 1.     Business
In this Annual Report, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, references to “Town Sports”, “TSI”, “the Company”, “we”, “our” and similar references refer to Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, references to “TSI Holdings” refers to Town Sports International Holdings, Inc., and references to “TSI, LLC” refer to Town Sports International, LLC, our wholly-owned operating subsidiary.
General
Based on the number of clubs, we are one of the leading owners and operators of fitness clubs in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States (“U.S.”) and one of the largest fitness club owners and operators in the U.S. As of December 31, 2015, the Company, through its subsidiaries, operated 152 fitness clubs (“clubs”) and three BFX Studio (“studio”) locations. Our clubs collectively served approximately 541,000 members as of December 31, 2015. We owned and operated a total of 105 clubs under the “New York Sports Clubs” (“NYSC”) brand name within a 120-mile radius of New York City as of December 31, 2015, including 37 locations in Manhattan where we are the largest fitness club owner and operator. We owned and operated 27 clubs in the Boston region under our “Boston Sports Clubs” (“BSC”) brand name, 12 clubs (one of which is partly-owned) in the Washington, D.C. region under our “Washington Sports Clubs” (“WSC”) brand name and five clubs in the Philadelphia region under our “Philadelphia Sports Clubs” (“PSC”) brand name as of December 31, 2015. In addition, we owned and operated three clubs in Switzerland as of December 31, 2015. We also have one partly-owned club that operated under a different brand name in Washington, D.C. as of December 31, 2015. We employ localized brand names for our clubs to create an image and atmosphere consistent with the local community and to foster recognition as a local network of quality fitness clubs rather than a national chain.
We develop clusters of clubs to serve densely populated major metropolitan regions and we service such populations by clustering clubs near the highest concentrations of our target customers’ areas of both employment and residence. Our clubs are located for maximum convenience to our members in urban or suburban areas, close to transportation hubs or office or retail centers. Our members include a wide age demographic covering the student market to the active mature market. In each of our markets, we have developed clusters by initially opening or acquiring clubs located in the more central urban markets of the region and then branching out from these urban centers to suburbs and neighboring communities.
Over our 42-year history since 1973, we have developed and refined our club formats, which allows us to cost-effectively construct and efficiently operate our fitness clubs in the different real estate environments in which we operate. Our fitness-only clubs average approximately 20,000 square feet, while our multi-recreational clubs average approximately 38,000 square feet.

1


Table of Contents

The aggregate average size of our clubs is approximately 27,000 square feet. Our clubs typically have an open fitness area to accommodate cardiovascular and strength-training equipment, as well as special purpose rooms for group fitness classes and other exercise programs. We seek to provide a broad array of high-quality exercise programs and equipment that are popular and effective, promoting a quality exercise experience for our members. When developing clubs, we carefully examine the potential membership base and the likely demand for supplemental offerings such as swimming, basketball, children’s programs, tennis or squash and, provided suitable real estate is available, we will add one or more of these offerings to our fitness-only format. For example, a multi-recreational club in a family market may include Sports Clubs for Kids programs, which can include swim lessons and sports camps for children.
We completed the introduction of a lower pricing model in the second quarter of 2015, offering reduced monthly dues. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 80% of our clubs were operating under this pricing model, with the remaining clubs principally comprising the Company's passport-only model. The clubs that are operating under the lower pricing model offer a similar level of service and amenities but at a lower price point. This model gives us an opportunity to recapture market share and compete against certain other gyms that opened in our markets. We believe our offerings are compelling because we include group exercise classes, top of the line equipment, pools and courts with price of certain memberships, when available. We continue to consider and make pricing adjustments in order to increase revenue while also driving membership growth.
We added 64,000 net members in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a net member loss of 13,000 in 2014. The ending member count of 541,000 included two adjustments decreasing the count during the year. In the third quarter we completed the conversion from our internally developed Club Management legacy system to a third-party developed software system which resulted in a one-time adjustment to our historical legacy member count of approximately 5,000 members. We believe this adjustment was non-revenue generated and therefore does not impact our consolidated financial statements. In addition there are approximately 2,000 members at one partly-owned club operating under a different brand name that were not included in the total member count as of December 31, 2015 however were included as of December 31, 2014 when the club was operating as a Washington Sports Club. We continue to account for this club as an equity investment.
Due to the rise in popularity of private studio offerings, we introduced our BFX Studio brand in 2014. We currently have three studio locations. This three-dimension luxury studio brand takes advantage of the rise in consumer demand for studio experiences. The studios include three unique offerings: Ride Republic, which is indoor cycling, Private Sessions for personal training and Master Class for certain group exercise classes. The studios are also staffed with high caliber instructors in each of the three core offerings and the studios are designed to appeal to all ages and all experience levels. This studio concept requires approximately 9,000 to 12,000 square feet of space per studio which compares to the approximately 27,000 square feet aggregate average size of our clubs.
Reportable Segments
During the fourth quarter of 2014, we began managing and reporting operating results through two reportable segments: clubs and BFX Studio. The clubs segment comprised clubs under the NYSC, BSC, PSC and WSC brand names, and the clubs we own and operate in Switzerland. BFX Studio is our private studio brand that was introduced in 2014 and is reported as a separate reportable segment as it does not meet the aggregation criteria to be aggregated with our fitness clubs. Previously, we had managed and reported operating results through one reportable segment. We reflect these segments for all the historical periods presented. For certain financial information relating to our segments, see Note 18 - Reportable Segments to our consolidated financial statements.
Industry Overview
According to the most recent information released by the International Health, Racquet and Sportsclub Association (“IHRSA”), total U.S. fitness club industry revenues increased at a compound annual growth rate of 4.5% from $20.3 billion in 2010 to $24.2 billion in 2014, with an 8.0% increase from 2013 to 2014. According to IHRSA, participation in health clubs has been growing steadily with total U.S. fitness club memberships increasing at a compound annual growth rate of 1.9% from 50.2 million in 2010 to an all time high of 54.1 million in 2014, with a 2.3% increase from 2013 to 2014. According to the IHRSA, the health club industry is witnessing a shift in the preferences of health club members. The club landscape includes traditional, full-service fitness centers that serve local communities and all age groups as well as affordable fitness centers with basic amenities. Studio concepts, including boxing, yoga, Pilates, group cycling, barre, boot camps, and sports-specific training, also shape the club market.
According to the IHRSA, demographic trends have helped drive the growth experienced by the fitness industry over the past decade. The average age of a health club member in 2013 was 39 years old and more than one-fourth of health club members were between the ages of 18 and 34 years old. The greatest membership growth in the past few years has been in the

2


Table of Contents

under-18 age group, which has grown 36.1% from 2010 to 2014 and in the over-55 age group, where membership grew 18.3% from 2010 to 2014. These two age groups made up approximately 38% of total U.S. health club members in 2014. The industry has benefited from the “millennials”, and aging “baby boomer” and “Eisenhower” generations as they place greater emphasis on their health, including a focus on fitness.
According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, state prevalence of obesity continues to remain high across the country in 2014, with no state with a prevalence of obesity less than 20.0%. In 2014, 23 states had a prevalence of 25% or more and 22 of these states had a prevalence of 30% or more. As healthcare costs continue to rise in the U.S., some of the focus on combating obesity and other diseases is being directed at prevention. Both government and medical research has shown that exercise and other physical activity plays a critical role in preventing obesity and other health conditions, thereby reducing healthcare costs for treating obesity related sicknesses.
As the focus on exercise and overall healthy lifestyles continue to impact the health club industry, we believe that we are well positioned to benefit from these dynamics as a large operator with recognized brand names, leading regional market shares and an established operating history.
Competitive Strengths
We believe the following competitive strengths are instrumental to our success:
Strong market position with leading brands. Based on number of clubs, we are one of the leading owners and operators of fitness clubs in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States and one of the largest fitness club owners and operators in the United States. Our strong real estate presence in the New York, Boston, Washington D.C. and Philadelphia metropolitan regions enhances convenience to our members. We attribute our positions in these markets in part to the strength of our localized owner and operator brand names, which foster recognition as a local network of quality fitness clubs.
Regional clustering strategy provides significant benefits to members and corporations.   By operating a network of clubs in a concentrated geographic area, the value of our memberships is enhanced by our ability to offer members access to any of our clubs, which provides the convenience of having fitness clubs near a member’s workplace and home. This is also a benefit to our corporate members, as many corporations have employees that will take advantage of multiple gym locations. Approximately 280,000, or 52%, of our members currently have a Passport Membership, including our corporate and group Passport Memberships, and because these memberships offer enhanced privileges and greater convenience, they typically generate higher monthly dues than our single club memberships in each respective region. Regional clustering also allows us to provide special facilities to all of our members within a local area, such as swimming pools and squash, tennis and basketball courts, without offering them at every location. In the year ended December 31, 2015, 32% of all club usage was by members visiting clubs other than their home clubs.
Regional clustering strategy designed to enhance revenues and achieve economies of scale.   We believe our regional clustering strategy allows us to enhance revenue and earnings growth by providing high-quality, conveniently located fitness facilities on a cost-effective basis. We believe that potential new entrants would need to establish or acquire a large number of clubs in a market to compete effectively with us. Our clustering strategy also enables us to achieve economies of scale with regard to sales, marketing, purchasing, general operations and corporate administrative expenses and reduces our capital spending needs. Regional clustering also provides the opportunity for members who relocate within a region to remain members of our clubs, thus aiding in member retention.
Expertise in site selection and development process.   We believe that our expertise in site selection and development provides an advantage over our competitors given the complex real estate markets in the metropolitan areas in which we operate and the relative scarcity of suitable sites. Before opening or acquiring a new club, we undertake a rigorous process involving demographic and competitive analysis, financial modeling, site selection and negotiation of lease and acquisition terms to ensure that a potential location meets our criteria for a model club. We believe our flexible club formats are well suited to the challenging real estate environments in our markets.
Business Strategy
In the long-term, we seek to maximize our net member growth, revenues, earnings and cash flows using the following strategies:
Grow membership revenues. We seek to grow our membership revenues through driving membership growth and optimizing dues through price and member retention. In the second quarter of 2015, we completed the introduction of a lower pricing model to our clubs, offering a similar level of service and amenities at our non-passport clubs but at a lower price point. This pricing model gives us an opportunity to recapture market share and compete against certain other gyms that opened in our

3


Table of Contents

markets. We believe our offerings are compelling because we include group exercise classes, top of the line equipment, pools and courts with price of certain memberships, when available. Our member count increased 64,000 to 541,000 in 2015 compared to a loss of 13,000 in 2014. We continue to consider and make pricing adjustments in order to increase revenue while also driving membership growth.
Grow ancillary and other non-membership revenues.   We intend to grow our ancillary and other non-membership revenues through a continued focus on increasing the additional value-added services that we provide to our members. Over the past five years, we have expanded the range of ancillary club services provided to members. Non-membership revenues have increased from $95.6 million, or 20.5% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $101.6 million, or 24.0% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015. Personal training revenue, in particular, increased 17.3% over this five-year period and increased as a percentage of total revenue from 13.4% in 2011 to 17.3% in 2015. We offer a multi-session personal training membership product and fee-based class offerings to generate additional revenue. The fee-based class offerings include our Ultimate Fitness Experience (“UXF”) class and our fee-based Small Group Training programs. The Small Group Training programs include offerings such as Pilates Reformer Technique, Total Body Resistance Exercise (“TRX”) and Kettlebells. We also offer Sports Clubs for Kids programs at select clubs. In 2016, we plan to remain focused on increasing our ancillary programs with continued improvements in training and hiring and building on ancillary programs such as our personal training membership product. These sources of ancillary and other non-membership revenues generate incremental profits with minimal capital investment and assist in attracting and retaining members.
Optimization of our clubs.   We remain committed to optimizing our existing club base, including through club closures when appropriate. During 2015, we opened three locations. We are also considering the sale of clubs or groups of clubs. We also plan to open one additional location in 2016 for a lease we signed in August 2014. In the event we build and acquire new clubs, the club expansion is expected to be funded with cash on hand or through internally generated cash flows.
Retain members by focusing on the member experience.   Our Company’s mission is “Improving Lives Through Exercise.” We enact our mission through our “Ten Essentials,” which provide a clear road map for how we want our clubs to look and how we want to serve our members. This is the core of our member experience strategy and allows us to crystallize how we engage our staff to deliver a superior member experience. We tailor the hours of each club to the needs of the specific member demographic utilizing each club and offer a variety of ancillary services, including personal training, group classes, Small Group Training, Sports Clubs for Kids programs. We offer a variety of different sports facilities in each regional cluster of clubs; modern, varied and well-maintained exercise and fitness equipment; and an assortment of additional amenities including access to babysitting. Through hiring, developing and training a qualified and diverse team that is passionate about fitness and health; maintaining and enhancing our programs and services; and continually increasing our attention to individual member needs, we expect to demonstrate our commitment to increase the quality of the member experience, and thereby increase net membership. To better measure the member experience, we utilize member surveys and website feedback to help analyze the areas we can improve upon as well as the areas in which the members are satisfied overall.
Provide state-of-the-art fitness equipment and services.   We help educate our members to best practices in their pursuit of fitness, wellness and healthy lifestyles and each of our clubs has a large array of cardiovascular machines, resistance training equipment, free weights and functional training zones. We have technicians who service and maintain our equipment on a timely basis. In addition, we have personal viewing television screens on most pieces of cardiovascular equipment which accommodate individual preferences and viewing, and many cardio machines now include embedded technology that offers both entertainment and tracking features that record workout results and communicate with many mobile technologies. Most clubs have between one and three studios used for exercise classes, including at least one large studio used for most group exercise classes, a cycling studio and a mind and body studio used for yoga and Pilates classes. We further offer a large variety of group fitness classes at each club and these classes are accessible to all members. The volume and variety of activities at each club allow each member to enjoy the club, whether customizing their own workout or participating in group activities and classes.
In addition, as part of our efforts to provide fitness equipment and services, our club formats are flexible and can easily adapt and respond to the changing demands of our customers. This flexibility allows us to compete against private studios with unique specialty offerings by adapting the space and formats in our own clubs to match the offerings provided by these private studios. We have a UXF training zone within our clubs that features an array of innovative equipment designed to maximize the member’s workout. The UXF training zone is approximately 1,000 to 1,200 square feet with AstroTurf flooring, a TRX suspension training frame and a variety of functional training equipment including Kettle Bells, Battling Ropes and Power Sleds. The UXF training zone is open to members for free self guided workouts and UXF fee-based workout programs. The UXF training zone is also used by our personal trainers for their personal training sessions with our members.
BFX Studio. Due to the rise in popularity of private studio offerings, we introduced our BFX Studio brand in 2014. We currently have three studio locations. This three-dimension luxury studio brand takes advantage of the rise in consumer demand

4


Table of Contents

for studio experiences. The studios include three unique offerings: Ride Republic, which is indoor cycling, Private Sessions for personal training and Master Class for certain group exercise classes. The studios are also staffed with high caliber instructors in each of the three core offerings and the studios are designed to appeal to all ages and all experience levels. This studio concept requires approximately 9,000 to 12,000 square feet of space per studio which compares to the approximately 27,000 square feet aggregate average size of our clubs.
Marketing
Our in-house marketing agency is responsible for brand positioning, brand strategy, and product innovation for all of TSI’s regional brands. The primary objective is to ensure that our regional brands seize market share and opportunities through well-defined and coordinated go-to-market strategies that focus on being a premier network of fitness clubs. We are organized to enable close collaboration between our marketing, sales, fitness and operations staff, which helps to align efforts around operational objectives and new product development. We seek to inspire brand experiences and in doing so, drive sustainable and quality growth, while building a strong reputation and loyalty with members. In order to have credible and authentic connections to create such desirability with our members, we utilize a market segmentation strategy which includes targeted marketing in addition to mass marketing. We seek to identify and understand consumers’ individual motivations and goals for exercising in an effort to create meaningful products, services and experiences that build a lasting impression and brand loyalty.
Sales
We sell our memberships through four channels: direct sales at the club level; through corporate and group sales; through our online website; and through our call center principally to reach out to former members and to handle specific campaigns. We employ approximately 340 “in-club” membership sales consultants who are responsible for new membership sales in and around their designated club locations. Each club generally has two membership sales consultants. These consultants report directly to the club general manager, who, in turn, reports to a business director. Additional incentive-based compensation represents a majority of the compensation for the membership sales consultants. Membership sales consultants complete a classroom based sales training followed by ongoing training within the club environment. Training includes hands on experience of the entire sales process (from prospecting to after care) and product knowledge in what we consider a live but supervised environment. Through our corporate and group sales approach we concentrate on building long-term relationships with local and regional companies and other large groups. We also manage private fitness centers for both large and small corporations, colleges and universities, and private clubs through the Fitcorp Private Fitness Center. These managed sites include three managed university locations, and seven managed sites.
We also sell individual memberships online at www.mysportsclubs.com for our standard membership types and the website also enables us to sell memberships for pre-established corporate and group programs. The website also allows our members to give us direct feedback about our service levels and enables prospective members to sign up for our popular one-week trial membership. The online sales channel offers a high degree of convenience for customers who know and trust our brand and do not require up-front interaction with a membership sales consultant to make their decision. In addition, selling online significantly reduces our cost of sale. The web site also provides information about club locations, program offerings, exercise class schedules and sales promotions. Job seekers can also begin the employment application process through the site and investors can access financial information and resources.
Memberships
We believe that clustering clubs allows us to sell memberships based upon the opportunity for members to utilize multiple club locations near their workplace and their home. As of December 31, 2015, we currently offer the following types of memberships at our clubs:
The Premier Membership allow members unlimited use of a single “home club”. Premier members can also elect to pay a per visit fee of $12.95 to use non-home clubs. Membership dues for Premiere Memberships currently sell in the range of $19.99 to $44.99 per month. The price is dependent on club location and whether the member joins under a non-commit or a one-year commit contract.
The Passport Membership entitles members to use any of our clubs in any region at any time. Membership dues for Passport memberships currently sell in the range of $59.99 to $69.99 per month while student Passport memberships sell in the range of $39.99 to $49.99. We also sell Premium Passport Memberships at three of our clubs in Boston that have a greater array of member services and facilities at monthly rates between $79.99 and $179.99 depending on the club.

5


Table of Contents

We offer both “month-to-month” and “commit” membership options. A member may cancel a month-to-month membership at any time for a fee. Under the commit model, new members commit to a one year membership, generally at a lower monthly rate than a month-to-month membership. When the members’ commit period is over, they retain membership as a month-to-month member until they choose to cancel. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 43% of our total members were on a month-to-month basis.
In joining a club, a new member signs a membership agreement that typically obligates the member to pay fees (“Joining Fees”) on the date of enrollment including a one-time initiation fee and the first annual fee. Initiation fees currently range between $0 and $20 while the annual fee currently charged is $59.99 for all memberships. These one-time Joining Fees averaged $72, $75 and $59 per sale for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The annual fee is also charged on each anniversary of the enrollment date, however is no longer considered a joining fee after the first payment.
Monthly EFT of individual membership dues on a per-member basis, including the effect of promotions, averaged approximately $50 per month for the year ended December 31, 2015, and $59 per month for both the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Currently, approximately 98% of our members pay their membership dues the first of each month through EFT, with EFT membership revenue constituting approximately 72.3% of total consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Usage
Our total club usage, based on the number of member visits, was 30.8 million and 28.7 million member visits for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 32% of total usage or club visits was to members’ non-home clubs, indicating that our members take advantage of our network of clubs. Our membership plans allow for club members under the Premier Membership to elect to pay a per visit fee of $12.95 to use non-home clubs. In the aggregate, approximately $719,000 and $2.2 million of usage fees were generated in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decline in usage fees was primarily due to the adoption of our lower pricing strategy as the majority of our members existing at the time of this adoption were converted to Passport Membership. Usage fees are reported in membership dues in our consolidated statements of operations.
Non-Membership Revenue
The table below presents non-membership revenue components as a percentage of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011 through 2015.
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31, ($ in thousands)
 
2015
 
%
 
2014
 
%
 
2013
 
%
 
2012
 
%
 
2011
 
%
Total revenue
$
424,323

 
100.0
%
 
$
453,842

 
100.0
%
 
$
470,225

 
100.0
%
 
$
478,981

 
100.0
%
 
$
466,941

 
100.0
%
Non-Membership Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal training revenue
73,191

 
17.3
%
 
70,338

 
15.5
%
 
66,367

 
14.1
%
 
65,641

 
13.7
%
 
62,394

 
13.4
%
Other ancillary club revenue(1)
22,138

 
5.2
%
 
22,304

 
4.9
%
 
24,720

 
5.3
%
 
29,897

 
6.2
%
 
28,297

 
6.1
%
Fees and Other
revenue(2)
6,254

 
1.5
%
 
5,971

 
1.3
%
 
5,985

 
1.3
%
 
5,804

 
1.2
%
 
4,890

 
1.0
%
Total non-membership revenue
$
101,583

 
24.0
%
 
$
98,613

 
21.7
%
 
$
97,072

 
20.7
%
 
$
101,342

 
21.2
%
 
$
95,581

 
20.5
%
 
(1)
Other ancillary club revenue primarily consists of Sports Clubs for Kids, racquet sports, Small Group Training and studio classes.
(2)
Fees and other revenue primarily consist of rental income, marketing revenue and management fees. The year ended December 31, 2013 includes $424 for the correction of an accounting error related to out of period rental income.
Club Format and Locations
Our clubs are generally located in middle- or upper-income residential, commercial, urban and suburban neighborhoods within major metropolitan areas that are capable of supporting the development of a cluster of clubs. Our clubs typically have

6


Table of Contents

high visibility and are easily accessible. In the New York metropolitan, Boston, Washington, D.C. and Philadelphia markets, we have created clusters of clubs in urban areas and their commuter suburban areas aligned with our operating strategy of offering our target members the convenience of multiple locations close to where they live and work, reciprocal use privileges, and standardized facilities and services.
Approximately 64% of our existing clubs are fitness-only clubs and the remaining clubs are multi-recreational. Our fitness-only clubs generally range in size from 15,000 to 25,000 square feet and average approximately 20,000 square feet. Our multi-recreational clubs generally range in size from 20,000 to 65,000 square feet, with one club being approximately 200,000 square feet. The average multi-recreational club size is approximately 38,000 square feet. We currently have three studio locations. The studio generally ranges from 9,000 to 12,000 square feet and consist of three spaces including a cycling studio, group exercise studio and a personal training area.  
Our existing club base consists of clubs which we have developed and constructed as well as clubs we have acquired. Over the past five years from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2015, we constructed seven new clubs and three studios and acquired six clubs, while closing or relocating 21 clubs. Currently, 51 of our clubs, or approximately 34% of our existing club base, were from acquisitions of privately owned single and multi-club businesses. In the year ended December 31, 2015, we constructed and opened one club and two studios, and closed seven clubs, ending the year with 152 total clubs under operation. This compares to opening of four clubs and one studio, and closings of eight clubs during the year ended December 31, 2014. In both 2015 and 2014, we also upgraded certain existing clubs and plan to continue to do so in 2016.  
Our facilities include a mix of cardiovascular and strength equipment from some of the best manufacturers including Life Fitness, Technogym, Nautilus, Cybex®, Precor®, Star Trac®, Hammer®, Woodway® and Octane®. At many locations, additional amenities are also offered, including swimming pools, racquet and basketball courts, UXF functional training zones, babysitting services, and pro-shops. Personal training services are offered at all locations for an additional charge. Our fee-based programs offered at many of our clubs, include personal training, Small Group Training, children’s programs, and summer camps for kids.

Our clubs also feature personal entertainment units. The units are typically mounted on or near individual pieces of cardiovascular equipment and are equipped with a flat-panel color screen for television viewing. We believe our members prefer the flexibility to view and listen to the programs of their choice during their cardiovascular workout. Recently most manufacturers are including embedded screens on their newest cardio fitness equipment which offer enhancements to both on-demand entertainment along with workout data tracking and connectivity to most mobile technologies.
Club Services and Operations
Our clubs are structured to provide an enhanced member experience through effective execution of our operating plan. Our club and support team members are the key to delivering a valued member experience and our operations are organized to maximize their overall effectiveness. Our club operations include:
Management.    We believe that our success is largely dependent on the selection and development of our team members. Our management structure is designed to strike the right balance between consistent execution of operational excellence and nurturing a leader’s capacity for entrepreneurial decision making. Our learning and development system allows for all club positions to receive training on the key elements of their role as well as development training for growth. We believe a critical component to our growth is our ability to leverage internally-developed management talent.
Functional Support.    Functional teams provide technical expertise and support designed to drive the member experience and revenue growth in specific areas of our clubs’ services, including sales and marketing, fitness and ancillary programming, learning and development, as well as facility management and member service.
Driving excellence in fitness and ancillary programming is critical to our success. Members receive an introductory one-hour assessment session with a fitness manager who helps to develop a customized routine that supports the member’s fitness goals. This initial assessment session includes a 30-minute workout evaluation, cardio, strength and endurance testing, and movement screening. Members who elect to receive personal training can benefit from one-on-one coaching and guidance, with refreshed programs that evolve as the members achieve their fitness goals. All of our fitness clubs offer our personal training membership products where members can select from a package of one to 16 personal training sessions per month. These sessions must be used in each respective month they are issued. Members who purchase this product commit to a three month period. Members can also purchase prepaid single sessions or multi-session packages which are sold at a premium to the personal training membership product. The personal training membership product provides members with a certified personal trainer who works with the member to create an individualized goal-based program. Our fitness teams are trained to provide superior fitness solutions to address member needs. We believe the qualifications of the personal training staff help to ensure

7


Table of Contents

that members receive a consistent level of quality service throughout our clubs and that our personal training programs provide valuable guidance to our members as well as a significant source of incremental revenue for us. We believe that members who participate in personal training programs typically have a longer membership life.
Our commitment to providing a quality exercise experience to our members also includes group exercise programming. Our instructors teach a variety of classes, including dance, cycling, strength conditioning, boxing, yoga, Pilates and step classes. Instructors report through local club management and are further supported by regional managers responsible for ensuring consistency in class content, scheduling, training and instruction. We also provide Small Group Training offerings to our members, which are fee-based programs that have smaller groups, with a maximum of four to eight members per class, and provide more focused and typically more advanced classes. Our fee-based offerings also include UXF classes.
In addition to group exercise, we offer a variety of ancillary programming for children under our Sports Clubs for Kids brand. As of December 31, 2015, Sports Clubs for Kids was being offered in 30 locations throughout our New York Sports Clubs, Boston Sports Clubs, Washington Sports Clubs and Philadelphia Sports Clubs regions. Our Sports Clubs for Kids programming positions our multi-recreational clubs as family clubs, which we believe provides us with a competitive advantage. Depending upon the facilities available at a location, Sports Clubs for Kids programming can include traditional youth offerings such as day camps, sports camps, swim lessons, hockey and soccer leagues, gymnastics, dance, and birthday parties. It also can include non-competitive “learn-to-play” sports programs.
Our facilities and equipment management teams are dedicated to ensuring our clubs and fitness equipment are operating at the highest standard of performance for our members. Local teams are deployed to provide on-site support to clubs as needed.
Our club support and member services groups act as a coordinating point for all departments, supporting excellence in program execution and ensuring consistency of policies and procedures across the entire organization that support the member experience.
Employee Compensation and Benefits
We provide performance-based incentives to our management. Senior management compensation, for example, is tied to our overall performance. Departmental directors, business directors and club level managers can achieve bonuses tied to meeting specific revenue profit, member retention and net member gain targets. We offer our employees various benefits including health, dental and disability insurance; pre-tax healthcare, commuting and dependent care accounts; free gym membership; and a 401(k) plan. We believe the availability of employee benefits provides us with a strategic advantage in attracting and retaining quality managers and staff, program instructors and professional personal trainers and that this strategic advantage in turn translates into a more consistent and higher-quality workout experience for those members who utilize such services.
Centralized Information Systems
We recognize the value of enhancing and extending the uses of information technology (“IT”) in virtually every area of our business. Our IT strategy is aligned to support our business strategy and operating plans. We maintain an ongoing comprehensive program to replace or upgrade key systems and to optimize their performance.
In 2015, we completed our program to replace our proprietary, internally developed Club Management system with a third-party developed software platform. This new platform processes new memberships, bills members, checks in members, as well as tracks and analyzes sales and membership statistics, the frequency and timing of member workouts, cross-club utilization, member life, value-added services and demographic profiles by member.
We continuously implement infrastructure changes to accommodate growth, provide network redundancy, better manage telecommunications and data costs, increase efficiencies in operations and improve management of all components of our technical architecture, including disaster recovery. Improvements in the IT infrastructure will continue to be made in the future in order to better serve our business needs.
Intellectual Property
We have registered various trademarks and service marks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, including, NEW YORK SPORTS CLUBS and NYSC, WASHINGTON SPORTS CLUBS and WSC, BOSTON SPORTS CLUBS and BSC, PHILADELPHIA SPORTS CLUBS and PSC, UXF, SPORTS CLUBS FOR KIDS, COMPANIESGETFIT.COM, BFX STUDIO, RIDE REPUBLIC, MASTER CLASS, and PRIVATE SESSIONS. We continue to register other trademarks and service marks. We believe that our rights to these properties are adequately protected.

8


Table of Contents

Competition
The fitness club industry is highly competitive and continues to become more competitive. The number of health clubs in the U.S. has increased from 29,890 in 2011 to 34,460 in 2015, based on the most recent information available according to the IHRSA. In each of the markets in which we operate, we compete with other fitness clubs, physical fitness and recreational facilities.
We consider the following groups to be our primary competitors in the health and fitness industry:
commercial, multi-recreational and fitness-only chains, including, among others, Equinox Holdings, Inc., Lifetime Fitness, Inc., Crunch, New York Health and Racquet, LA Fitness International LLC, 24 Hour Fitness Worldwide, Inc., Retro Fitness, Snap Fitness, Anytime Fitness, David Barton, Edge Fitness, Onelife Fitness, Orange Theory, UFC Gym, Work Out World, XSport Fitness, Planet Fitness and Blink Fitness;
private studios, including, among others, Flywheel, SoulCycle, Barry’s Bootcamp and Cross-Fit, as well as other private studios offering cycling, yoga or Pilates;
the YMCA and similar non-profit organizations;
physical fitness and recreational facilities established by local governments, hospitals and businesses;
exercise and small fitness clubs; racquet, tennis and other athletic clubs;
amenity gyms in apartments, condominiums and offices;
weight-reducing salons;
country clubs; and
the home-use fitness equipment industry.
The principal methods of competition include pricing and ease of payment, required level of members’ contractual commitment, level and quality of services, training and quality of supervisory staff, size and layout of facility and convenience of location with respect to access to transportation and pedestrian traffic.
Historically, our club service offerings were in the mid-tier of the value/service proposition and designed to appeal to a large portion of the population who utilize fitness facilities. The number of competitor clubs that offer lower pricing and a lower level of service have continued to grow in our markets over the last few years. These clubs have attracted, and may continue to attract, members away from both our fitness-only clubs and our multi-recreational clubs. As a means of facing the shift in fitness industry, we introduced a lower pricing model where we believe we have a higher value-to-service proposition.
We also face competition from club operators offering comparable or higher pricing with higher levels of service. Larger outer-suburban family fitness centers, in areas where suitable real estate is more likely to be available, also compete effectively against our suburban formats. Also, we face competition from the rising popularity and demand for private studios offering niche boutique experiences.
We also compete with other entertainment and retail businesses for the discretionary income in our target demographics. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively in the future in the markets in which we operate. Competitors, who may include companies that are larger and have greater resources than us, may enter these markets to our detriment. These competitive conditions may result in increased price competition and limit our ability to attract new members and attract and retain qualified personnel. Additionally, consolidation in the fitness club industry could result in increased competition among participants, particularly large multi-facility operators that are able to compete for attractive acquisition candidates and/or newly constructed club locations. This increased competition could increase our costs associated with expansion through both acquisitions and for real estate availability for newly constructed club locations.
We believe that our market leadership, experience and operating efficiencies enable us to provide the consumer with a superior product in terms of convenience, quality service and affordability. We believe that there are barriers to entry in our metropolitan areas, including restrictive zoning laws, lengthy permit processes and a shortage of appropriate real estate, which could discourage any large competitor from attempting to open a chain of clubs in these markets. However, such a competitor could enter these markets more easily through one, or a series of, acquisitions. These barriers of entry are significant in our four metropolitan regions; however, they are less challenging in our surrounding suburban locations.

9


Table of Contents

Seasonality of Business
Seasonal trends have a limited effect on our overall business. Generally, we experience greater membership growth at the beginning of each year and experience an increased rate of membership attrition during the summer months. In addition, during the summer months, we experience a slight increase in operating expenses due to our outdoor pool and summer camp operations, generally matched by seasonal revenue recognition from season pool memberships and camp revenue.
Government Regulation
Our operations and business practices are subject to federal, state and local government regulation in the various jurisdictions in which our clubs are located, including general rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission, state and local consumer protection agencies and state statutes that prescribe certain forms and provisions of membership contracts and that govern the advertising, sale, financing and collection of such memberships as well as state and local health regulations.
Statutes and regulations affecting the fitness industry have been enacted in jurisdictions in which we conduct business and other states into which we may expand in the future have adopted or may adopt similar legislation. Typically, these statutes and regulations prescribe certain forms and provisions of membership contracts, afford members the right to cancel the contract within a specified time period after signing or in certain circumstances, such as for medical reasons or relocation to a certain distance from the nearest club, require an escrow of funds received from pre-opening sales or the posting of a bond or proof of financial responsibility and may establish maximum prices for membership contracts and limitations on the term of contracts. The specific procedures and reasons for cancellation vary due to differing laws in the respective jurisdictions, but in each instance, the canceling member is entitled to a refund of unused prepaid amounts. We are also subject to numerous other types of federal and state regulations governing the sale of memberships. These laws and regulations are subject to varying interpretations by a number of state and federal enforcement agencies and courts. We maintain internal review procedures to comply with these requirements and believe that our activities are in substantial compliance with all applicable statutes, rules and decisions.
We primarily accept payments for our memberships through electronic fund transfers from credit cards, and, therefore, we are subject to both federal and state legislation and certification requirements, including the Electronic Funds Transfer Act. Some states, such as New York, have passed or have considered legislation requiring gyms and health clubs to offer non-automatic renewal membership option at all times and/or limit the duration for which gym memberships can auto-renew through EFT payments, if at all. Our business relies heavily on the fact that our memberships continue on a month-to-month basis after the completion of any initial term requirements (if any), and compliance with these laws, regulations, and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive, and variances and inconsistencies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction may further increase the cost of compliance and doing business. States that have such health club statutes provide harsh penalties for violations, including membership contracts being void or voidable.
Additionally, the collection, maintenance, use, disclosure and disposal of individually identifiable data by our businesses are regulated at the federal, state and provincial levels as well as by certain financial industry groups, such as the Payment Card Industry Organization and the National Automated Clearing House Association. Federal, state and financial industry groups may also consider from time to time new privacy and security requirements that may apply to our businesses and may impose further restrictions on our collection, disclosure and use of individually identifiable information that are housed in one or more of our databases.
The tax treatment of membership dues varies by state. Some states in which we operate require sales tax to be collected on membership dues and personal training sessions. Several others states in which we operate have proposed similar tax legislation. These taxes have the effect of increasing the payments by our members, which could impede our ability to attract new members or induce members to cancel their membership.
Changes in any statutes, rules or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Employees
On December 31, 2015, we had approximately 7,500 employees, of whom approximately 3,000 were employed full-time. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement with our employees. We operate with an open door policy and encourage and welcome the communication of our employees’ ideas, suggestions and concerns, and believe this strengthens our employee relations. We have never experienced any significant labor shortages or had any difficulty in obtaining adequate replacements for departing employees. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

10


Table of Contents

Available Information
We make available through our web site at http://investor.mysportsclubs.com/ in the “Investor Relations — SEC Filings” section, free of charge, all reports and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Occasionally, we may use our web site as a channel of distribution of material company information. Financial and other material information regarding the Company is routinely posted on and accessible at http://investor.mysportsclubs.com/. In addition, you may automatically receive email alerts and other information about the Company by enrolling through the “Email Alerts” section at http://investor.mysportsclubs.com.
The foregoing information regarding our website and its content is for convenience only. The content of our website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference into this report nor should it be deemed to have been filed with the SEC.
Item 1A.     Risk Factors
Investors should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business and operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our future profitability is not assured.
Our operating results for future periods are subject to numerous uncertainties and there can be no assurances that we will be profitable in the foreseeable future, if at all. If our revenues decrease in a given period, we may be unable to reduce operating expenses as a significant part of our operating expenses are fixed, which could materially and adversely affect our business and, therefore, our results of operations and lead to a net loss (or a larger net loss) for that period and subsequent periods.
We may be unable to attract and retain members, which could have a negative effect on our business.
The performance of our clubs is highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain members, and we may not be successful in these efforts. Most of our members hold month-to-month memberships and accordingly, most members can cancel their club membership at any time without penalty. In addition, we experience attrition and must continually engage existing members and attract new members in order to maintain our membership levels and ancillary sales. There are numerous factors that have in the past and could in the future lead to a decline in membership levels or that could prevent us from increasing our membership, including a decline in our ability to deliver quality service at a competitive cost, the presence of direct and indirect competition in the areas in which the clubs are located, the public’s interest in fitness clubs and general economic conditions. In order to increase membership levels, we may from time to time offer lower membership rates and initiation fees. Any decrease in our average membership rates or reductions in initiation fees may adversely impact our results of operations.
Negative economic conditions, including increased unemployment levels and decreased consumer confidence, have in the past contributed to and in the future could lead to significant pressures and declines in economic growth, including reduced consumer spending. In a depressed economic and consumer environment, consumers and businesses may postpone spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values, which could have a material negative effect on the demand for our services and products and such decline in demand may continue as the economy continues to struggle and disposable income declines. Other factors that could influence demand include increases in fuel and other energy costs, conditions in the residential real estate and mortgage markets, labor and healthcare costs, access to credit, consumer confidence and other macroeconomic factors affecting consumer spending behavior. We believe the challenges to the global economy during the past several years have adversely affected our business and our revenues and profits and continuing challenges may result in additional adverse effects. As a result of these factors, membership levels might not be adequate to maintain our operations at current levels or permit the expansion of our operations.
In addition, to the extent our corporate clients are adversely affected by negative economic conditions, they may decide, as part of expense reduction strategies, to curtail or cancel club membership benefits provided to their respective employees. Any reductions in corporate memberships may lead to membership cancellations as we cannot assure that employees of

11


Table of Contents

corporate customers will choose to continue their memberships without employer subsidies. A decline in membership levels may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The level of competition in the fitness club industry could negatively impact our revenue growth and profitability.
The fitness club industry is highly competitive and continues to become more competitive. In each of the markets in which we operate, we compete with other fitness clubs, private studios, physical fitness and recreational facilities established by local governments, hospitals and businesses for their employees, amenity and condominium clubs, the YMCA and similar organizations and, to a certain extent, with racquet and tennis and other athletic clubs, country clubs, weight reducing salons and the home-use fitness equipment industry. We also compete with other entertainment and retail businesses for the discretionary income in our target demographics. We might not be able to compete effectively in the future in the markets in which we operate. Competitors include companies that are larger and have greater resources than us and also may enter these markets to our detriment. These competitive conditions may limit our ability to increase dues without a material loss in membership, attract new members and attract and retain qualified personnel. Additionally, consolidation in the fitness club industry could result in increased competition among participants, particularly large multi-facility operators that are able to compete for attractive acquisition candidates or newly constructed club locations, thereby increasing costs associated with expansion through both acquisitions and lease negotiation and real estate availability for newly constructed club locations.
The number of competitor clubs that offer lower pricing and a lower level of service continue to grow in our markets. These clubs have attracted, and may continue to attract, members away from both our fitness-only clubs and our multi-recreational clubs, particularly in the current consumer environment. Furthermore, smaller and less expensive weight loss facilities present a competitive alternative for consumers.
We also face competition from competitors offering comparable or higher pricing with higher levels of service or offerings. Larger outer-suburban, multi-recreational family fitness centers, in areas where suitable real estate is more likely to be available, also compete against our suburban, fitness-only models.
We also face competition from the increased popularity and demand for private studios offering group exercise classes. The prevalence of these smaller studios may compete against our own studio type offerings, such as cycling, Yoga and Pilates, as consumers may opt to use these competing studios to fulfill their fitness needs.
In addition, large competitors could enter the urban markets in which we operate to open a chain of clubs in these markets through one, or a series of, acquisitions.

The conversion of certain of our clubs to our new pricing strategy has and may in the future negatively impact our comparable club revenue growth and our operating margins.
We have adopted a strategic initiative to convert a substantial majority of our clubs to our new pricing strategy, which depends in substantial part on our ability to attract a significant number of additional new members at each of our clubs. We have initially experienced lower revenues and margin pressure in connection with these conversions. To the extent we are unable to attract a sufficient number of new members, or if existing members at such clubs convert their existing memberships to our new lower cost memberships at higher numbers than we have anticipated, our revenues and results of operations will be materially adversely impacted. Our results of operations have been and will continue to be materially impacted by the change in pricing strategy to the extent we do not attract sufficient numbers of new members to offset these lower prices.
Declines in revenue have adversely affected our results or operations and cash flow from operations and we may be compelled to take additional actions which may not be successful in mitigating such effects.
We have been experiencing declining revenue from members for several years as the fitness industry continues to be highly competitive in the geographic regions in which we compete. New members have been joining at lower monthly rates and cancellations of members paying higher rates, primarily from the conversion to the lower pricing model, will continue to negatively impact our liquidity if these trends are not reversed. In response to this, we initiated cost savings initiatives in 2015 that have continued into fiscal 2016 to help mitigate the impact the decline in revenue has had on our profitability and cash flow from operations.
We may consider additional actions within our control, including the sale of certain assets, additional club closures and entering into arrangements with revenue generating partnerships, some which may utilize a “shop-in-shop” concept. We may also consider additional strategic alternatives including opportunities to reduce TSI LLC’s existing debt and further cost savings initiatives, among other possibilities. Our ability to continue to meet our obligations beyond 2016 is dependent on our ability to generate positive cash flow from a combination of initiatives, including those mentioned above. Failure to successfully implement these initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our operations and we would need to

12


Table of Contents

implement alternative plans that could include additional asset sales, additional reductions in operating costs, deferral of capital expenditures, further reductions in working capital and debt restructurings. There can be no assurance that such alternatives would be available to us or that we would be successful in their implementation.
Low consumer confidence levels, increased competition and decreased spending could negatively impact our financial position and result in club closures and fixed asset and goodwill impairments.
In the year ended December 31, 2015, we closed six clubs, while in 2014 we closed eight clubs. We recognized $14.6 million of fixed asset impairments in the year ended December 31, 2015 and $4.6 million of fixed asset impairments in the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $31.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to existing members downgrading their memberships to those with lower monthly dues and new members enrolling at lower rates. In the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $137,000 related to one outlier club, in part due to decreased membership. Some of our club closures and impairments were due, in large part, to the economic and consumer environment, and increased competition in areas in which our clubs operate. If the economic and consumer environment were to deteriorate or not improve or if we are unable to improve the overall competitive position of our clubs, our operating performance may experience declines and we may need to recognize additional impairments of our fixed assets and goodwill and may be compelled to close additional clubs. In addition, we cannot ensure that we will be able to replace any of the revenue lost from these closed clubs from our other club operations. We will continue to monitor the results and changes in expectations of these clubs closely to determine if additional fixed asset or goodwill impairment charges will be necessary.
Our geographic concentration heightens our exposure to adverse regional developments.
As of December 31, 2015, we operated 105 fitness clubs in the New York metropolitan market, 27 fitness clubs in the Boston market, 12 fitness clubs in the Washington, D.C. market, five fitness clubs in the Philadelphia market and three fitness clubs in Switzerland. Our geographic concentration in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions and, in particular, the New York metropolitan area, heightens our exposure to adverse developments in these areas, including those related to economic and demographic changes in these regions, competition, severe weather, potential terrorist threats or other unforeseen events.
    
For example, in the year ended December 31, 2012, as a result of flooding and power outages caused by Hurricane Sandy, 131 clubs were closed on October 29, 2012, with one club that closed permanently, 16 clubs that remained closed for over a week and one club that was closed for over a year and reopened in December 2013. We cannot predict the impact that any future severe weather events will have on our ability to avoid wide-spread or prolonged club closures. Any such events affecting the areas in which we operate might result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations in the future.
Any condition that causes people to refrain, or prevents people, from visiting our clubs, such as severe weather, outbreaks of pandemic or contagious diseases, or threats of terrorist attacks may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our business and operations could be materially and adversely affected by severe weather or outbreaks of pandemic or contagious diseases, threats of terrorist attacks or other conditions that cause people to refrain, or prevent people, from visiting our clubs. Our business could be severely impacted by a widespread regional, national or global health epidemic. A widespread health epidemic or perception of a health epidemic (such as Ebola), whether or not traced to one of our clubs, may cause members and prospective members to avoid public gathering places or otherwise change their behaviors and impact our ability to staff our clubs. Outbreaks of disease, such as influenza, could reduce traffic in our clubs. Any of these events would negatively impact our business. In addition, any negative publicity relating to these and other health-related matters may affect members’ perceptions of our clubs, reduce member and prospective member visits to our clubs and negatively impact demand for our club offerings.
Further, terrorist attacks, such as the attacks that occurred in New York City and Washington, D.C. on September 11, 2001, and other acts of violence or war may affect the markets in which we operate, our operating results or the market on which our common stock trades. Our geographic concentration in the major cities in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions and, in particular, the New York City and Washington, D.C. areas, heightens our exposure to any such future terrorist attacks, which may adversely affect our clubs and result in a decrease in our revenues. The potential near-term and long-term effect these attacks may have for our members, the markets for our services and the market for our common stock are uncertain; however, their occurrence can be expected to further negatively affect the U.S. economy generally and specifically the regional markets in which we operate. The consequences of any terrorist attacks or any armed conflicts are unpredictable; and we may not be able to foresee events that could have an adverse effect on our business.

13


Table of Contents

Our dependence on a limited number of suppliers for equipment and certain products and services could result in disruptions to our business and could adversely affect our revenues and gross profit.
Equipment and certain products and services used in our stores, including our exercise equipment and point-of-sale software and hardware, are sourced from third-party suppliers. Although we believe that adequate substitutes are currently available, we depend on these third-party suppliers to operate our business efficiently and consistently meet our business requirements. The ability of these third-party suppliers to successfully provide reliable and high-quality services is subject to technical and operational uncertainties that are beyond our control, including, for our overseas suppliers, vessel availability and port delays or congestion. Any disruption to our suppliers’ operations could impact our supply chain and our ability to service our existing stores and open new stores on time or at all and thereby generate revenue. If we lose such suppliers or our suppliers encounter financial hardships unrelated to the demand for our equipment or other products or services, we may not be able to identify or enter into agreements with alternative suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, if at all. Transitioning to new suppliers would be time consuming and expensive and may result in interruptions in our operations. If we should encounter delays or difficulties in securing the quantity of equipment we require to open new and refurbish existing stores, our suppliers encounter difficulties meeting our demands for products or services, our websites experience delays or become impaired due to errors in the third-party technology or there is a deficiency, lack or poor quality of products or services provided, our ability to serve our members and grow our brand would be interrupted. If any of these events occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Our trademarks and trade names may be infringed, misappropriated or challenged by others.
We believe our brand names and related intellectual property are important to our business. We seek to protect our trademarks, trade names and other intellectual property by exercising our rights under applicable trademark and copyright laws. If we were to fail to successfully protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, it could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any damage to our reputation could cause membership levels to decline and make it more difficult to attract new members.
Use of social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.
There has been a substantial increase in the use of social media platforms, including blogs, social media websites and other forms of internet-based communication, which allow individuals' access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. Negative commentary about us may be posted on social media platforms or similar devices at any time and may harm our reputation or business. Consumers value readily available information about health clubs and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. In addition, social media platforms provide users with access to such a broad audience that collective action against our stores, such as boycotts, can be more easily organized. If such actions were organized, we could suffer reputational damage as well as physical damage to our stores.
We also use social medial platforms as marketing tools. For example, we maintain Facebook and Twitter accounts. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.
If we are unable to identify and acquire suitable sites for new clubs, our revenue growth rate and profits may be negatively impacted.
To successfully expand our business over the long term, we must identify and acquire sites that meet our site selection criteria. In addition to finding sites with the right geographical, demographic and other measures we employ in our selection process, we also need to evaluate the penetration of our competitors in the market. We face competition from other health and fitness center operators for sites that meet our criteria and as a result, we may lose those sites or we could be forced to pay higher prices for those sites. If we are unable to identify and acquire sites for new clubs on attractive terms, our revenue, growth rate and profits may be negatively impacted. Additionally, if our analysis of the suitability of a site is incorrect, we may not be able to recover our capital investment in developing and building the new club.

We may experience prolonged periods of losses in our recently opened clubs and when we open new clubs in existing markets our comparable club revenue growth and our operating margins may be negatively impacted.
Upon opening a club, we typically experience an initial period of club operating losses. Enrollment from pre-sold memberships typically generates insufficient revenue for the club to initially generate positive cash flow. As a result, a new club typically generates an operating loss in its first full year of operations and substantially lower margins in its second full year of operations than a club opened for more than 24 months. These operating losses and lower margins will negatively

14


Table of Contents

impact our future results of operations. This negative impact will be increased by the initial expensing of pre-opening costs, which include legal and other costs associated with lease negotiations and permitting and zoning requirements, as well as depreciation and amortization expenses, which will further negatively impact our results of operations. We may, at our discretion, accelerate or expand our plans to open new clubs, which may adversely affect results from operations.
We currently operate clubs throughout the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States. In the case of existing markets, our experience has been that opening new clubs may attract some memberships away from other clubs already operated by us in those markets and diminish their revenues. In addition, as a result of new club openings in existing markets and because older clubs will represent an increasing proportion of our club base over time, our mature club revenue increases may be lower in future periods than in the past.
Another result of opening new clubs is that our club operating margins may be lower than they have been historically while the clubs build a membership base. We expect both the addition of pre-opening expenses and the lower revenue volumes characteristic of newly opened clubs to affect our club operating margins at these new clubs.
We are subject to government regulation, and changes in these regulations could have a negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations and business practices are subject to federal, state and local government regulation in the various jurisdictions in which our clubs are located, including, but not limited to the following:
general rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission;
rules and regulations of state and local consumer protection agencies;
state statutes that prescribe certain forms and provisions of membership contracts
state statutes that govern the advertising, sale, financing and collection of memberships;
federal and state laws and regulations governing privacy and security of information; and
state and local health regulations
Any changes in such laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We could be subject to claims related to health or safety risks at our clubs.
Use of our clubs poses some potential health or safety risks to members or guests through physical exertion and use of our services and facilities, including exercise equipment. Claims might be asserted against us for injury suffered by, or death of members or guests while exercising at a club. We might not be able to successfully defend such claims. As a result, we might not be able to maintain our general liability insurance on acceptable terms in the future or maintain a level of insurance that would provide adequate coverage against potential claims.
Depending upon the outcome, these matters may have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
We may be exposed to other litigation from time to time that can have significant adverse effects upon us.
In the ordinary course of conducting our business, we are exposed to litigation from time to time that can have significant adverse effects upon our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. At any given time there may be one or more civil actions initiated against us, including the matters disclosed under “Legal Proceedings” in this Form 10-K. If one or more of these pending lawsuits, or any lawsuits in the future are adjudicated in a manner adverse to our interests, or if a settlement of any lawsuit requires us to pay a significant amount, the result could have an adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, any litigation, regardless of the outcome, may distract our management from the operation of our business.
Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and cause us to lose customers.
Federal and state law requires us to safeguard our customers’ financial information, including credit card information. Although we have established security procedures and protocol, including credit card industry compliance procedures, to protect against identity theft and the theft of our customers’ financial information, our security and testing measures may not

15


Table of Contents

prevent security breaches and breaches of our customers’ privacy may occur, which could harm our business. For example, a significant number of our users provide us with credit card and other confidential information and authorize us to bill their credit card accounts directly for our products and services. Typically, we rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to enhance transmission security of confidential information. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and are constantly evolving. These techniques and other advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, inadequate facility security or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology used by us or one of our vendors to protect customer data. We may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive or reactive measures. Several recent, highly publicized data security breaches at other companies have heightened consumer awareness of this issue. Further, a significant number of states require the customers be notified if a security breach results in the disclosure of their personal financial account or other information. Additional states and governmental entities are considering such “notice” laws. In addition, other public disclosure laws may require that material security breaches be reported.
Any compromise of our security or that of our third party vendors or noncompliance with privacy or other laws or requirements could harm our reputation, cause our members to lose confidence in us, or harm our financial condition and, therefore, our business. In addition, a party who is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures or that of our third party vendors, could, among other effects, misappropriate proprietary information, cause interruptions in our operations or expose members to computer viruses or other disruptions. We may be required to make significant expenditures to protect against security breaches or to remedy problems caused by any breaches. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against us. To the extent the measures taken by us or our third party vendors prove to be insufficient or inadequate, we may become subject to litigation or administrative sanctions, which could result in significant fines, penalties or damages and harm to our reputation.
Changes in legislation or requirements related to electronic fund transfer, or our failure to comply with existing or future regulations, may adversely impact our business.
We primarily accept payments for our memberships through electronic fund transfers from members’ bank accounts and, therefore, we are subject to federal, state and provincial legislation and certification requirements governing electronic funds transfer (“EFT”), including the Electronic Funds Transfer Act. Some states, such as New York, have passed or have considered legislation requiring gyms and health clubs to offer a prepaid membership option at all times and/or limit the duration for which gym memberships can auto-renew through EFT payments, if at all. Our business relies heavily on the fact that our memberships continue on a month-to-month basis after the completion of any initial term requirements, and compliance with these laws and regulations and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive. In addition, variances and inconsistencies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction may further increase the cost of compliance and doing business. States that have such health club statutes provide harsh penalties for violations, including membership contracts being void or voidable. Our failure to comply fully with these rules or requirements may subject us to fines, higher transaction fees, penalties, damages and civil liability and may result in the loss of our ability to accept EFT payments, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any such costs, which may arise in the future as a result of changes to the legislation and regulations or in their interpretation, could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practice, which may make our business model less attractive to our members.
We are subject to a number of risks related to ACH, credit card and debit card payments we accept.
We accept payments through automated clearing house (“ACH”), credit card and debit card transactions. For ACH, credit card and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees would require us to either increase the prices we charge for our memberships, which could cause us to lose members or suffer an increase in our operating expenses, either of which could harm our operating results.
If we or any of our processing vendors have problems with our billing software, or the billing software malfunctions, it could have an adverse effect on our member satisfaction and could cause one or more of the major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if our billing software fails to work properly and, as a result, we do not automatically charge our members’ credit cards, debit cards or bank accounts on a timely basis or at all, we could lose membership revenue, which would harm our operating results.
If we fail to adequately control fraudulent ACH, credit card and debit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security measures and significantly higher ACH, credit card and debit card related costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The termination of our ability to process payments through ACH transactions or on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our ability to operate our business.

16


Table of Contents

Regulatory changes in the terms of credit and debit card usage, including any existing or future regulatory requirements, could have an adverse effect on our business.
Our business relies heavily on the use of credit and debit cards in sales transactions. Regulatory changes to existing rules or future regulatory requirements affecting the use of credit and debit cards or the fees charged could impact the consumer and financial institutions that provide card services. This may lead to an adverse impact on our business if the regulatory changes result in unfavorable terms to either the consumer or the banking institutions.
Disruptions and failures involving our information systems could cause customer dissatisfaction and adversely affect our billing and other administrative functions.
The continuing and uninterrupted performance of our information systems is critical to our success. We use a fully-integrated information system to process new memberships, bill members, check-in members and track and analyze sales and membership statistics, the frequency and timing of member workouts, cross-club utilization, member life, value-added services and demographic profiles by member. This system also assists us in evaluating staffing needs and program offerings. We believe that, without investing in enhancements, this system was approaching the end of its life cycle. Thus, in 2011, we began the process of replacing this system with a new system through a multi-year phase in implementation program which was completed in 2015. Correcting any disruptions or failures that affect our proprietary system or the new system, as it is implemented, could be difficult, time-consuming and expensive because we would need to use contracted consultants familiar with our system.
Any failure of our current system could also cause us to lose members and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our members may become dissatisfied by any systems disruption or failure that interrupts our ability to provide our services to them. Disruptions or failures that affect our billing and other administrative functions could have an adverse effect on our operating results.
Infrastructure changes are being undertaken to accommodate our growth, provide network redundancy, better manage telecommunications and data costs, increase efficiencies in operations and improve management of all components of our technical architecture. Fire, floods, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins, acts of terrorism and similar events could damage our systems. In addition, computer viruses, electronic break-ins or other similar disruptive problems could also adversely affect our sites. Any system disruption or failure, security breach or other damage that interrupts or delays our operations could cause us to lose members, damage our reputation, and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our growth could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls, which may adversely impact our business.
Future expansion will place increased demands on our administrative, operational, financial and other resources. Any failure to manage growth effectively could seriously harm our business. To be successful, we will need to continue to improve management information systems and our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls. We will also need to train new employees and maintain close coordination among our executive, accounting, finance, marketing, sales and operations functions. These processes are time-consuming and expensive, increase management responsibilities and divert management attention.

Outsourcing certain aspects of our business could result in disruption and increased costs.
We have outsourced certain aspects of our business to third party vendors that subject us to risks, including disruptions in our business and increased costs. For example, we have engaged third parties to host and manage certain aspects of our data center, information and technology infrastructure and electronic pay solutions. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks associated with the vendor's ability to provide these services to meet our needs. If the cost of these services is more than expected, if the vendor is not able to handle the volume of activity or perform the quality of service that we expect, if we or the vendor are unable to adequately protect our data and information is lost, if our ability to deliver our services is interrupted, or if our third party vendors face financial or other difficulties, then our business and results of operations may be negatively impacted.
Our cash and cash equivalents are concentrated in a small number of banks.
Our cash and cash equivalents are held, primarily, in a small number of commercial banks. These deposits are not collateralized. In the event these banks become insolvent, we would be unable to recover most of our cash and cash equivalents deposited at the banks. Cash and cash equivalents held in two commercial banks as of December 31, 2015 totaled $64.8 million. During 2015, in any one month, this amount has been as high as approximately $110.8 million.

17


Table of Contents

Because of the capital-intensive nature of our business, we may have to incur additional indebtedness or issue new equity securities and, if we are not able to obtain additional capital, our ability to operate or expand our business may be impaired and our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our business requires significant levels of capital to finance the development of additional sites for new clubs and the construction of our clubs. If cash from available sources is insufficient or unavailable due to restrictive credit markets, or if cash is used for unanticipated needs, we may require additional capital sooner than anticipated. In the event that we are required or choose to raise additional funds, we may be unable to do so on favorable terms or at all. Furthermore, the cost of debt financing could significantly increase, making it cost-prohibitive to borrow, which could force us to issue new equity securities. If we issue new equity securities, existing shareholders may experience additional dilution or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing holders of common stock. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to execute our current growth plans, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures. Any inability to raise additional capital when required could have an adverse effect on our business plans and operating results.
We may incur rising costs related to construction of new clubs and maintaining our existing clubs. If we are not able to pass these cost increases through to our members, our returns may be adversely affected.
Our clubs require significant upfront investment. If our investment is higher than we had planned, we may need to outperform our operational plan to achieve our targeted return. We cannot assure that we can offset cost increases by increasing our membership dues and other fees and improving profitability through cost efficiencies.
We may be required to remit unclaimed property to states for unused, expired personal training sessions.
We recognize revenue from personal training sessions as the services are performed (i.e., when the session is trained). Unused personal training sessions expire after a set, disclosed period of time after purchase and are not refundable or redeemable by the member for cash. The State of New York has informed us that it is considering whether we are required to remit the amount received by us for unused, expired personal training sessions to the State of New York as unclaimed property. As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately $15.0 million of unused and expired personal training sessions that had not been recognized as revenue and was recorded as deferred revenue. We do not believe that these amounts are subject to the escheatment or abandoned property laws of any jurisdiction, including the State of New York. However, it is possible that one or more of these jurisdictions may not agree with our position and may claim that we must remit all or a portion of these amounts to such jurisdiction. This could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows.
Our growth and profitability could be negatively impacted if we are unable to renew or replace our current club leases on favorable terms, or at all, and we cannot find suitable alternate locations.
We currently lease substantially all of our fitness club locations pursuant to long-term leases (generally 15 to 20 years, including option periods).  During the next five years, or the period from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2020, we have leases for 20 club locations that are due to expire without any renewal options, three of which expire in 2016, and 53 club locations that are due to expire with renewal options. For leases with renewal options, several of them provide for our unilateral option to renew for additional rental periods at specific rental rates (for example, based on the consumer price index or stated renewal terms already set in the leases) or based on the fair market rate at the location.  Our ability to negotiate favorable terms on an expiring lease or to negotiate favorable terms on leases with renewal options, or conversely for a suitable alternate location, could depend on conditions in the real estate market, competition for desirable properties and our relationships with current and prospective landlords or may depend on other factors that are not within our control. Any or all of these factors and conditions could negatively impact our revenue, growth and profitability.
We may have exposure to additional tax liabilities.
From time to time, we are under audit by federal and local tax authorities and we may be liable for additional tax obligations and may incur additional costs in defending any claims that may arise.   For example, as of December 31, 2015, certain of our state and local tax returns from years 2006 through 2012 were currently being examined by certain state and local jurisdictions and it is difficult to predict the final outcome or timing of resolution of any particular matter regarding these examinations.  In particular, on January 13, 2016, we received from the State of New York a revised assessment related to tax years 2006-2009 for $4.1 million, inclusive of $1.6 million of interest. We continue to evaluate the merits of the proposed assessment as new information becomes available during continued discussions with the State of New York. We have not recorded a tax reserve related to the proposed assessment.  It is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of this or any other tax examination and the result of any such tax examination could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

18


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Leverage and Our Indebtedness
On November 15, 2013, TSI, LLC entered into a $370.0 million senior secured credit facility (“2013 Senior Credit Facility”). The 2013 Senior Credit Facility consists of a $325.0 million term loan facility (“2013 Term Loan Facility”), and a $45.0 million revolving loan facility (“2013 Revolving Loan Facility”). The 2013 Term Loan Facility matures on November 15, 2020, and the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility matures on November 15, 2018.
We may be negatively affected by economic conditions in the U.S. and key international markets.
We must maintain liquidity to fund our working capital, service our outstanding indebtedness and finance investment opportunities. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be forced to curtail our operations or we may not be able to pursue new business opportunities. The principal sources of our liquidity are funds generated from operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents and borrowings under our 2013 Revolving Loan Facility. If our current resources do not satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may have to seek additional financing.
Economic conditions, both domestic and foreign, may affect our financial performance. Prevailing economic conditions, including unemployment levels, inflation, availability of credit, energy costs and other macro-economic factors, as well as uncertainty about future economic conditions, adversely affect consumer spending and, consequently, our business and results of operations.
Our leverage may impair our financial condition, and we may incur significant additional debt.
We currently have a substantial amount of debt. As of December 31, 2015, our total outstanding consolidated debt was $275.4 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, under the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility there were no outstanding borrowings and outstanding letters of credit issued totaled $2.9 million. The unutilized portion of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility as of December 31, 2015 was $42.1 million and the available unutilized portion, based on the Company’s total leverage ratio exceeding 4.50:1.00 as of December 31, 2015, was $11.3 million. Our substantial debt could have important consequences, including:
making it more difficult to satisfy our obligations, including with respect to our outstanding indebtedness;
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions of new clubs and other general corporate requirements;
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations for the payment of interest on our debt, which is variable on our 2013 Revolving Loan Facility and partially variable on our 2013 Term Loan Facility, and/or principal pursuant to excess cash flow requirements and reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions of new clubs and general corporate requirements;
increasing our vulnerability to interest rate fluctuations in connection with borrowings under our 2013 Senior Credit Facility, some of which are at variable interest rates;
limiting our ability to refinance our existing indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all; and
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate.
These limitations and consequences may place us at a competitive disadvantage to other less-leveraged competitors.
If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they currently face could intensify.
The current debt under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility has a floating interest rate and an increase in interest rates may negatively impact our financial results.
Interest rates applicable to our debt are expected to fluctuate based on economic and market factors that are beyond our control. In particular, the unhedged portion of $115.4 million, of our outstanding debt under our 2013 Senior Credit Facility as of December 31, 2015 has a floating interest rate. Any significant increase in market interest rates, and in particular the short-term Eurodollar rates, would result in a significant increase in interest expense on our debt, which could negatively impact our net income and cash flows.

19


Table of Contents

The Company may be unsuccessful in its efforts to effectively hedge against interest rate changes on our variable rate debt.
In its normal operations, the Company is exposed to market risk relating to fluctuations in interest rates. In order to minimize the negative impact of such fluctuations on the Company’s cash flows, the Company may enter into derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps. The Company’s current interest rate swap arrangement is with one financial institution and covers $160.0 million of our current $275.4 million outstanding term loan principal balance with the swap expiring on May 15, 2018. We are exposed to credit risk if the counterparty to the agreement is not able to perform on its obligations. Additionally, a failure on our part to effectively hedge against interest rate changes may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We are required to record the interest rate swap at its fair value. Changes in interest rates can significantly impact the valuation of the instrument resulting in non-cash changes to our financial position.
Covenant restrictions under our indebtedness may limit our ability to operate our business and, in such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to settle our indebtedness.
Our 2013 Senior Credit Facility and the agreements related thereto contain, among other things, covenants that may restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities and that may impact our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
incur debt;
pay dividends or make distributions;
purchase or redeem stock;
make investments and extend credit;
engage in transactions with affiliates;
engage in sale-leaseback transactions;
consummate certain asset sales;
effect a consolidation or merger or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and
create liens on our assets.
The 2013 Senior Credit Facility provides for a financial covenant in the situation where the total utilization of the revolving loan commitments (other than letters of credit up to $5.5 million at any time outstanding) exceeds 25% of the aggregate amount of those commitments. In such event, our subsidiaries are required to maintain a total leverage ratio of no greater than 4.50:1.00. While not subject to the total leverage ratio covenant as of December 31, 2015 as the Company’s only utilization of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility at that date was $2.9 million of issued and outstanding letters of credit thereunder, because the Company’s total leverage ratio as of that date was in excess of 4.50:1.00, the Company is currently not able to utilize more than 25% of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility. The Company will continue not to be able to utilize more than 25% of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility until it has a total leverage ratio of no greater than 4.50:1.00.
Events beyond our control, including changes in general economic and business conditions, may affect our ability to meet certain financial ratios under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility. We may be unable to meet those tests and the lenders may decide not to waive any failure to meet those tests. A failure to satisfy these tests could limit our ability to obtain funds to pay dividends or cause a default under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility. If an event of default under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility occurs, the lenders could elect to terminate any and all outstanding undrawn commitments to lend and declare all amounts outstanding thereunder, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. If any such event should occur, we might not have sufficient assets to pay our indebtedness and meet our other obligations, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
The stock ownership of certain large shareholders will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters.
As of March 1, 2016, the Company had three stockholders (including Patrick Walsh, the Executive Chairman of our board of directors) which, together with each such stockholder's affiliates, beneficially owned 12.3%, 18.6% and 16.2% of our outstanding common stock, respectively, based on public filings made by such shareholders. Each of these stockholders may vote their stock with respect to certain matters, including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business

20


Table of Contents

combinations, the acquisition of assets for stock consideration or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, and the issuance of any additional common stock or other equity securities, in a manner which may not be viewed as beneficial by other stockholders.
Our stock price could be extremely volatile, and, as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.
In recent years the stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price and trading volume of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our results of operations or prospects, and could lose part or all of their investment. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those described elsewhere in this report and others such as:
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;
success of competitors;
our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;
changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning us or our industry in general;
operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company;
our ability to market new and enhanced services on a timely basis;
changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;
our ability to meet compliance requirements;
commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving us;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;
any major change in our board of directors or management;
sales of substantial amounts of common stock by our directors, executive officers or significant stockholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and
general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, and acts of war or terrorism.
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.
Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.
Our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.
Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the

21


Table of Contents

discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our credit facility. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
None
Item 2.    Properties
We lease our fitness clubs pursuant to long-term leases (generally 15 to 20 years, including options). In the next five years, or the period from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2020, we have leases for 20 club locations that are due to expire without any renewal options, three of which are due to expire in 2016, and 53 club locations that are due to expire with renewal options. Renewal options include terms for rental increases based on the consumer price index, fair market rates or stated renewal terms already set in the lease agreements.
We lease approximately 20,000 square feet of office space in New York City and have smaller regional offices in Fairfax, VA and Boston, MA, for administrative and general corporate purposes.
We lease approximately 82,000 square feet in Elmsford, NY for the operation of a centralized laundry facility for New York Sports Clubs offering towel service, and for construction and equipment storage. This space also serves as corporate office space. Total square footage related to the laundry facility is 42,000 and total square footage related to the corporate office and warehouse space is 40,000.
On September 12, 2014, we completed the legal sale of our property (building and land) on East 86th Street, New York City, to an unaffiliated third-party for gross proceeds of $85.7 million, which included $150,000 of additional payments to the Company. Concurrent with the closing of the transaction, we leased back the portion of the property comprising our health club (“Initial Lease”) and had agreed to vacate the property in connection with the Purchaser's future development of a new luxury, high-rise multi-use building. In connection with vacating the property, we had agreed to enter into a new lease (“New Club Lease”) for approximately 24,000 square feet in the new building for the purpose of operating a health club upon completion of construction by the purchaser/landlord. This sale-leaseback transaction was characterized as a financing arrangement for accounting purposes rather than a sale until any continuing involvement has ceased. As of December 31, 2014, the total financing arrangement was $83.4 million, which was net of $1.8 million held in escrow for our former tenant in the building. As part of the transaction, we incurred $3.2 million of real property transfer taxes, broker fees and other costs which were deferred and were being amortized over the term of the Initial Lease of 25 years, which included option periods. The net fees were included in Other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as December 31, 2014.
On December 23, 2015, we terminated the Initial Lease and the agreement to enter into the New Club Lease and received gross proceeds of $3.5 million in connection with the termination. We must vacate the currently leased area by March 12, 2016 or we will be required to return the gross proceeds of the lease termination to the purchaser/landlord. Because the lease was terminated with no continuing involvement, this sale-leaseback transaction was accounted for as a completed sale as of December 23, 2015. Under this treatment, we have recorded a $77.1 million gain on the sale of the property, recorded in Gain on sale of building in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 23, 2015, the net book value of the building and building improvements was $2.8 million and the book value of the land was $986,000 and the net book value of the deferred building financing costs was $3.0 million. The gain on the sale of the building is also net of $3.5 million of deferred lease receivable related to our former tenant.

22


Table of Contents

The following table provides information regarding our club locations:
Location
  
Address
  
Date Opened or Management Assumed
New York Sports Clubs:
  
 
  
 
Manhattan
  
151 East 86th Street
  
January 1977
Manhattan
  
61 West 62nd Street
  
July 1983
Manhattan
  
614 Second Avenue
  
July 1986
Manhattan
  
1601 Broadway
  
September 1991
Manhattan
  
349 East 76th Street
  
April 1994
Manhattan
  
248 West 80th Street
  
May 1994
Manhattan
  
502 Park Avenue
  
February 1995
Manhattan
  
117 Seventh Avenue South
  
March 1995
Manhattan
  
303 Park Avenue South
  
December 1995
Manhattan
  
30 Wall Street
  
May 1996
Manhattan
  
1635 Third Avenue
  
October 1996
Manhattan
 
575 Lexington Avenue
 
November 1996
Manhattan
  
278 Eighth Avenue
  
December 1996
Manhattan
  
200 Madison Avenue
  
February 1997
Manhattan
  
2162 Broadway
  
November 1997
Manhattan
  
633 Third Avenue
  
April 1998
Manhattan
  
217 Broadway
  
March 1999
Manhattan
  
23 West 73rd Street
  
April 1999
Manhattan
  
34 West 14th Street
  
July 1999
Manhattan
  
503-511 Broadway
  
July 1999
Manhattan
  
1372 Broadway
  
October 1999
Manhattan
  
300 West 125th Street
  
May 2000
Manhattan
  
19 West 44th Street
  
August 2000
Manhattan
  
128 Eighth Avenue
  
December 2000
Manhattan
  
2527 Broadway
  
August 2001
Manhattan
  
3 Park Avenue
  
August 2001
Manhattan
  
10 Irving Place
  
November 2001
Manhattan
  
230 West 41st Street
  
November 2001
Manhattan
  
1221 Avenue of the Americas
  
January 2002
Manhattan
  
200 Park Avenue
  
December 2002
Manhattan
  
232 Mercer Street
  
September 2004
Manhattan
  
225 Varick Street
  
August 2006
Manhattan
  
885 Second Avenue
  
February 2007
Manhattan
  
301 West 145th Street
  
October 2007
Manhattan
  
1400 5th Avenue
  
December 2007
Manhattan
  
75 West End Avenue
  
April 2013
Manhattan
  
28-30 Avenue A
  
March 2015
Bronx, NY
  
1601 Bronxdale Avenue
  
November 2007
Brooklyn, NY
  
110 Boerum Place
  
October 1985
Brooklyn, NY
  
1736 Shore Parkway
  
June 1998
Brooklyn, NY
  
179 Remsen Street
  
May 2001
Brooklyn, NY
  
324 Ninth Street
  
August 2003
Brooklyn, NY
  
1630 E 15th Street
  
August 2007
Brooklyn, NY
  
7118 Third Avenue
  
May 2004
Brooklyn, NY
  
439 86th Street
  
April 2008

23


Table of Contents

Location
  
Address
  
Date Opened or Management Assumed
Brooklyn, NY
  
147 Greenpoint Avenue
  
June 2014
Queens, NY
  
69-33 Austin Street
  
April 1997
Queens, NY
  
153-67 A Cross Island Parkway
  
June 1998
Queens, NY
  
2856-2861 Steinway Street
  
February 2004
Queens, NY
  
8000 Cooper Avenue
  
March 2007
Queens, NY
  
99-01 Queens Boulevard
  
June 2007
Queens, NY
  
39-01 Queens Blvd
  
December 2007
Staten Island, NY
  
300 West Service Road
  
June 1998
Scarsdale, NY
  
696 White Plains Road
  
October 1995
Mamaroneck, NY
  
124 Palmer Avenue
  
January 1997
Croton-on-Hudson, NY
  
420 South Riverside Drive
  
January 1998
Larchmont, NY
  
15 Madison Avenue
  
December 1998
Nanuet, NY
  
58 Demarest Mill Road
  
May 1998
Great Neck, NY
  
15 Barstow Road
  
July 1989
East Meadow, NY
  
625 Merrick Avenue
  
January 1999
Commack, NY
  
6136 Jericho Turnpike
  
January 1999
Oceanside, NY
  
2909 Lincoln Avenue
  
May 1999
Long Beach, NY
  
265 East Park Avenue
  
July 1999
Garden City, NY
  
833 Franklin Avenue
  
May 2000
Huntington, NY
  
350 New York Avenue
  
February 2001
Syosset, NY
  
49 Ira Road
  
March 2001
West Nyack, NY
  
3656 Palisades Center Drive
  
February 2002
Woodmere, NY
  
158 Irving Street
  
March 2002
Hartsdale, NY
  
208 E. Hartsdale Avenue
  
September 2004
Somers, NY
  
Somers Commons, 80 Route 6
  
February 2005
White Plains, NY
  
4 City Center
  
September 2005
Hawthorne, NY
  
24 Saw Mill River Road
  
January 2006
Dobbs Ferry, NY
  
50 Livingstone Avenue
  
June 2008
Smithtown, NY
  
5 Browns Road
  
December 2007
Carmel, NY
  
1880 Route 6
  
July 2007
Hicksville, NY
  
100 Duffy Avenue
  
November 2008
New Rochelle, NY
  
Trump Plaza, Huguenot Street
  
March 2008
Deer Park, NY
  
455 Commack Avenue
  
March 2009
Garnerville, NY
  
20 W. Ramapo Road
  
October 2011
Stamford, CT
  
106 Commerce Road
  
January 1998
Danbury, CT
  
38 Mill Plain Road
  
January 1998
Greenwich, CT
  
6 Liberty Way
  
May 1999
Westport, CT
  
427 Post Road, East
  
January 2002
West Hartford, CT
  
65 Memorial Road
  
November 2007
Princeton, NJ
  
301 North Harrison Street
  
May 1997
Matawan, NJ
  
450 Route 34
  
April 1998
Marlboro, NJ
  
34 Route 9 North
  
April 1998
Ramsey, NJ
  
1100 Route 17 North
  
June 1998
Mahwah, NJ
  
7 Leighton Place
  
June 1998
Springfield, NJ
  
215 Morris Avenue
  
August 1998
Colonia, NJ
  
1250 Route 27
  
August 1998
Hoboken, NJ
  
59 Newark Street
  
October 1998
West Caldwell, NJ
  
913 Bloomfield Avenue
  
April 1999

24


Table of Contents

Location
  
Address
  
Date Opened or Management Assumed
Jersey City, NJ
  
147 Two Harborside Financial Center
  
June 2002
Newark, NJ
  
1 Gateway Center
  
October 2002
Ridgewood, NJ
  
129 S. Broad Street
  
June 2003
Westwood, NJ
  
35 Jefferson Avenue
  
June 2004
Livingston, NJ
  
39 W. North Field Rd.
  
February 2005
Hoboken, NJ
  
210 14th Street
  
December 2006
Englewood, NJ
  
34-36 South Dean Street
  
December 2006
Clifton, NJ
  
202 Main Avenue
  
March 2007
Montclair, NJ
  
56 Church Street
  
January 2008
Butler, NJ
  
1481 Route 23
  
January 2009
East Brunswick, NJ
  
300 State Route 18
  
March 2009
Bayonne, NJ
  
550 Route 440 North
  
December 2011
Boston Sports Clubs:
  
 
  
 
Boston, MA
  
1 Bulfinch Place
  
August 1998
Boston, MA
  
201 Brookline Avenue
  
June 2000
Boston, MA
  
361 Newbury Street
  
November 2001
Boston, MA
  
350 Washington Street
  
February 2002
Boston, MA
  
505 Boylston Street
  
January 2006
Boston, MA
  
560 Harrison Avenue
  
February 2006
Boston, MA
  
695 Atlantic Avenue
  
October 2006
Boston, MA
  
One Beacon Street
  
May 2013
Boston, MA
  
800 Boylston Street
  
May 2013
Boston, MA
  
100 Summer Street
  
May 2013
Boston, MA
  
540 Gallivan Road
  
October 2014
Boston, MA
 
95 Washington Street
 
November 2014
Allston, MA
  
15 Gorham Street
  
July 1997
Wellesley, MA
  
140 Great Plain Avenue
  
July 2000
Lynnfield, MA
  
425 Walnut Street
  
July 2000
Lexington, MA
  
475 Bedford Avenue
  
July 2000
Cambridge, MA
  
625 Massachusetts Avenue
  
January 2001
West Newton, MA
  
1359 Washington Street
  
November 2001
Waltham, MA
  
840 Winter Street
  
November 2002
Watertown, MA
  
311 Arsenal Street
  
January 2006
Newton, MA
  
135 Wells Avenue
  
August 2006
Somerville, MA
  
1 Davis Square
  
December 2007
Medford, MA
  
70 Station Landing
  
December 2007
Westborough, MA
  
1500 Union Street
  
September 2008
Woburn, MA
  
300 Presidential Way
  
December 2008
Wayland, MA
  
Wayland Town Center
  
November 2014
Providence, RI
  
131 Pittman Street
  
December 2008
Washington Sports Clubs:
  
 
  
 
Washington, D.C.
  
1835 Connecticut Avenue, N.W .
  
January 1990
Washington, D.C.
  
2251 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W
  
May 1994
Washington, D.C.
  
1211 Connecticut Avenue, N.W
  
July 2000
Washington, D.C.
  
1345 F Street, N.W
  
August 2002
Washington, D.C.
  
783 Seventh Street, N.W
  
October 2004
Washington, D.C.
  
3222 M Street, N.W
  
February 2005
Washington, D.C.
  
14th Street, N.W
  
June 2008
North Bethesda, MD
  
10400 Old Georgetown Road
  
June 1998

25


Table of Contents

Location
  
Address
  
Date Opened or Management Assumed
Silver Spring, MD
  
8506 Fenton Street
  
November 2005
Bethesda, MD
  
6800 Wisconsin Avenue
  
November 2007
Fairfax, VA
  
11001 Lee Highway
  
October 1999
Clarendon, VA
  
2700 Clarendon Boulevard
  
November 2001
Philadelphia Sports Clubs:
  
 
  
 
Philadelphia, PA
  
220 South 5th Street
  
January 1999
Philadelphia, PA
  
2000 Hamilton Street
  
July 1999
Chalfont, PA
  
One Highpoint Drive
  
January 2000
Philadelphia, PA
  
1735 Market Street
  
October 2000
Radnor, PA
  
555 East Lancaster Avenue
  
December 2006
Swiss Sports Clubs:
  
 
  
 
Basel, Switzerland
  
St. Johanns-Vorstadt 41
  
August 1987
Zurich, Switzerland
  
Glarnischstrasse 35
  
August 1987
Basel, Switzerland
  
Gellerstrasse 235
  
August 2001
BFX Studio:
  
 
  
 
Manhattan, NY
  
555 Sixth Avenue
  
September 2014
Manhattan, NY
 
30 Broad Street
 
March 2015
Boston, MA
 
699 Boylston Street
 
June 2015
Future openings:
 
 
 
 
Manhattan, NY
 
1231 Third Avenue
 
 



26


Table of Contents

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
On February 7, 2007, in an action styled White Plains Plaza Realty, LLC v. TSI, LLC et al., the landlord of one of TSI, LLC’s former health and fitness clubs filed a lawsuit in state court against it and two of its health club subsidiaries alleging, among other things, breach of lease in connection with the decision to close the club located in a building owned by the plaintiff and leased to a subsidiary of TSI, LLC, the tenant, and take additional space in a nearby facility leased by another subsidiary of TSI, LLC. Following a determination of an initial award, which TSI, LLC and the tenant have paid in full, the landlord appealed the trial court’s award of damages, and on August 29, 2011, an additional award (amounting to approximately $900,000) (the “Additional Award”), was entered against the tenant, which has recorded a liability. Separately, TSI, LLC is party to an agreement with a third-party developer, which by its terms provides indemnification for the full amount of any liability of any nature arising out of the lease described above, including attorneys’ fees incurred to enforce the indemnity. As a result, the developer reimbursed TSI, LLC and the tenant the amount of the initial award in installments over time and also agreed to be responsible for the payment of the Additional Award, and the tenant has recorded a receivable related to the indemnification for the Additional Award. The developer and the landlord are currently litigating the payment of the Additional Award and judgment was entered against the developer on June 5, 2013, in the amount of approximately $1.0 million, plus interest, which judgment was upheld by the appellate court on April 29, 2015. TSI, LLC does not believe it is probable that TSI, LLC will be required to pay for any amount of the Additional Award.
On or about October 4, 2012, in an action styled James Labbe, et al. v. Town Sports International, LLC, plaintiff commenced a purported class action in New York State court on behalf of personal trainers employed in New York State. Labbe is seeking unpaid wages and damages from TSI, LLC and alleges violations of various provisions of the New York State labor law with respect to payment of wages and TSI, LLC’s notification and record-keeping obligations. The Company completed settlement negotiations, pursuant to which TSI will pay its trainers the aggregate sum of $165,000 in exchange for full releases. The settlement agreement is currently in the process of being executed by the parties, which will become effective upon approval of the court and the class.
On January 21, 2016, in an action styled Triangle 17 Center, LLC v. Town Sports International Holdings (NJ), LLC, ET AL., a Landlord of one of TSI’s competitors filed an action, claiming that TSI engaged in sham litigation to prevent the opening of a competitor’s facility in close proximity to TSI’s location in Ramsey, New Jersey. As this matter is in its infancy stage, it is difficult to determine what, if any, liability TSI may have in connection with this suit, however upon the initial advice of counsel TSI believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted and as such TSI does not believe it is probable that TSI will be required to pay any amounts in connection with this litigation.
In addition to the litigation discussed above, the Company is involved in various other lawsuits, claims and proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of business, including personal injury, employee relations claims and landlord tenant disputes. The results of litigation are inherently unpredictable. Any claims against the Company, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time and result in diversion of significant resources. The results of these other lawsuits, claims and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. The Company establishes accruals for loss contingencies when it has determined that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated. Any such accruals are adjusted thereafter as appropriate to reflect changes in circumstances. We currently believe that the ultimate outcome of such lawsuits, claims and proceedings will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. However, depending on the amount and timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations in a particular period.
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.


27


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Price Range of Common Stock
Our common stock currently trades on The NASDAQ Global Market, under the symbol CLUB. The following table sets forth, for each quarterly period in the last two fiscal years, the high and low sales prices (in dollars per share) of our common stock as quoted or reported on The NASDAQ Global Market:
 
 
High
 
Low
Year ended December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
7.69

 
$
6.00

Second Quarter
$
7.01

 
$
2.54

Third Quarter
$
3.13

 
$
1.92

Fourth Quarter
$
3.08

 
$
1.12

Year ended December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
14.70

 
$
8.14

Second Quarter
$
8.78

 
$
5.65

Third Quarter
$
7.36

 
$
4.01

Fourth Quarter
$
7.00

 
$
5.37

Holders
As of March 1, 2016, there were approximately 109 holders of record of our common stock. There are additional holders who are not “holders of record” but who beneficially own stock through nominee holders such as brokers and benefit plan trustees.
Dividends Policy
On each of March 5, 2014 and June 5, 2014 the Company paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share to common stock holders. The Company did not pay any dividends in 2015. The cash dividends were funded by available cash on hand.
The board of directors does not currently intend to pay dividends. The declaration and payment of dividends to holders of our common stock by us, if any, are subject to the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors will take into account such matters as general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by us and our subsidiaries and such other factors as our board of directors may consider to be relevant. If we decide to pay a dividend, we may rely on cash on hand at TSI Holdings, which was $30.3 million at December 31, 2015, and distributions received from our subsidiaries to provide the funds necessary to pay dividends on our common stock. The existing credit agreement of TSI, LLC restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to pay cash distributions to TSI Holdings in order for TSI Holdings to pay cash dividends except (a) in an amount, when combined with certain prepayments of indebtedness, of up to $35.0 million, subject to pro forma compliance with a total leverage ratio of no greater than 4.50:1.00 and no default or event of default existing or continuing under the credit agreement, and (b) an additional amount based on excess cash flow, such additional amounts subject to pro forma compliance with a total leverage ratio of less than 4.00:1.00 and no default or event of default existing or continuing under the credit agreement.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
We did not purchase any equity securities during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2015.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
We did not sell any securities during the year ended December 31, 2015 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than as previously reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

28


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph
The graph depicted below compares the annual percentage change in our cumulative total stockholder return with the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 and the NASDAQ composite indices. 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Town Sports International Holdings, Inc, the NASDAQ Composite Index,
and the Russell 2000 Index
*
$100 invested on 12/31/10 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending December 31.
 
 
December 31,
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
Town Sports International Holdings, Inc
$
100.00

 
$
181.03

 
$
342.49

 
$
479.68

 
$
202.11

 
$
40.42

NASDAQ Composite
$
100.00

 
$
100.53

 
$
116.92

 
$
166.19

 
$
188.78

 
$
199.95

Russell 2000
$
100.00

 
$
95.82

 
$
111.49

 
$
154.78

 
$
162.35

 
$
155.18


Notes :
(1)
The graph covers the period from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2015.
(2)
The graph assumes that $100 was invested at the market close on December 31, 2010 in our common stock, in the Russell 2000 and in the NASDAQ composite indexes and that all dividends were reinvested.
(3)
A special cash dividend of $3.00 per share of common stock was declared by our board of directors on November 16, 2012 to shareholders of record on November 30, 2012, paid on December 11, 2012. On each of November 26, 2013, March 5, 2014 and June 5, 2014, we paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share to common stock holders.
(4)
Stockholder returns over the indicated period should not be considered indicative of future stockholder returns.
(5)
We include a comparison against the Russell 2000 because there is no published industry or line-of-business index for our industry and we do not have a readily definable peer group that is publicly traded.

29


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of our previous or future filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might incorporate by reference this Annual Report on Form 10-K or future filings made by the Company under those statutes, the Stock Performance Graph is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is not deemed soliciting material and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any of those prior filings or into any future filings made by the Company under those statutes, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates such information by reference into a previous or future filing, or specifically requests that such information be treated as soliciting material, in each case under those statutes.
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
(In thousands, except share, per share, club and membership data)
The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the selected consolidated statement of operations and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the selected consolidated statement of operations and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included herein. Other data and club and membership data for all periods presented have been derived from our unaudited books and records. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period. You should read these selected consolidated financial and other data, together with the accompanying notes, in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this Annual Report and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this Annual Report.
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015

2014

2013

2012

2011
Statement of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
$
424,323

 
$
453,842

 
$
470,225

 
$
478,981

 
$
466,941

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payroll and related
 
175,898

 
177,009

 
174,894

 
181,632

 
177,528

Club operating
 
196,725

 
192,716

 
179,683

 
178,950

 
176,463

General and administrative
 
30,683

 
31,352

 
28,431

 
24,139

 
25,799

Depreciation and amortization
 
47,887

 
47,307

 
49,099

 
49,391

 
51,536

Impairment of fixed assets
 
14,571

 
4,569

 
714

 
3,436

 

Impairment of goodwill
 
31,558

 
137

 

 

 

Gain on sale of building(1)
 
(77,146
)
 

 

 

 

Gain on lease termination(2)

(2,967
)
 

 

 

 

Insurance recovery related to damaged property(3)
 

 

 
(3,194
)
 

 

Operating (loss) income
 
7,114

 
752

 
40,598

 
41,433

 
35,615

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt(4)
 
(17,911
)
 
493

 
750

 
1,010

 
4,865

Interest expense, net of interest income
 
20,579

 
19,039

 
22,616

 
24,597

 
24,127

Equity in the earnings of investees and rental income
 
(2,361
)
 
(2,402
)
 
(2,459
)
 
(2,461
)
 
(2,391
)
Income (loss) before (benefit) provision for corporate income taxes
 
6,807

 
(16,378
)
 
19,691

 
18,287

 
9,014

(Benefit) provision for corporate income taxes(5)
 
(14,351
)
 
52,611

 
7,367

 
6,321

 
2,699

Net loss (income)
 
$
21,158

 
$
(68,989
)
 
$
12,324

 
$
11,966

 
$
6,315

Earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
0.86

 
$
(2.84
)
 
$
0.51

 
$
0.51

 
$
0.28

Diluted
 
$
0.84

 
$
(2.84
)
 
$
0.50

 
$
0.50

 
$
0.27

Dividends declared per common share(6)
 
$

 
$
0.32

 
$
0.16

 
$
3.00

 
$


30


Table of Contents

 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2015

2014

2013

2012

2011
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
76,217

 
$
93,452

 
$
73,598

 
$
37,758

 
$
47,880

Working capital surplus (deficit)
 
27,947

 
52,280

 
27,830

 
(11,825
)
 
(18,311
)
Total assets
 
305,360

 
409,833

 
413,792

 
404,770

 
450,402

Long-term debt, including current installments
 
268,999

 
299,871

 
314,909

 
310,339

 
288,994

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
 
(96,245
)
 
(118,084
)
 
(43,516
)
 
(55,496
)
 
354

Net debt(7)
 
199,200

 
214,832

 
251,402

 
277,985

 
243,870

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015

2014

2013

2012

2011
Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
 
$
24,870

 
$
4,758

 
$
67,388

 
$
60,053

 
$
74,885

Investing activities
 
(31,571
)
 
(42,054
)
 
(30,606
)
 
(22,490
)
 
(30,907
)
Financing activities
 
(10,511
)
 
57,503

 
(975
)
 
(47,722
)
 
(35,349
)
Other Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-cash rental income, net of non-cash rental expense
 
(3,647
)
 
(5,399
)
 
(5,692
)
 
(4,037
)
 
(3,663
)
Non-cash share-based compensation expense
 
1,386

 
1,911

 
2,204

 
1,306

 
1,412

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015

2014

2013
 
2012
 
2011
Club and Membership Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New clubs opened
 
1

 
4

 

 

 
2

Clubs acquired
 

 

 
6

 

 

Clubs closed
 
(6
)
 
(8
)
 
(4
)
 

 
(2
)
Wholly-owned clubs operated at end of period
 
151

 
156

 
160

 
158

 
158

Total clubs operated at end of period(8)
 
152

 
158

 
162

 
160

 
160

BFX Studio at end of period
 
3

 
1

 

 

 

Total members at end of period(9)
 
541,000

 
484,000

 
497,000

 
510,000

 
523,000

Restricted members at end of period(10)
 

 
20,000

 
41,000

 
38,000

 
38,000

Comparable club revenue (decrease) increase(11)
 
(5.6
)%
 
(4.2
)%
 
(1.8
)%
 
1.6
%
 
1.8
%
Revenue per weighted average club (in thousands)(12)
 
$
2,777

 
$
2,842

 
$
2,971

 
$
3,032

 
$
2,934

Average revenue per member(13)
 
$
823

 
$
941

 
$
934

 
$
922

 
$
915

Average Joining Fees collected per member(14)
 
$
72

 
$
75

 
$
59

 
$
57

 
$
55

Annual attrition(15)
 
46.9
 %
 
44.3
 %
 
41.9
 %
 
41.0
%
 
39.9
%

(1)
The $77,146 gain on sale of building in the year ended December 31, 2015 was related to the sale of our East 86th Street property. Refer to Note 10 – Gain on Sale of Building to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for further details.
(2)
The $2,967 net gain on lease termination in the year ended December 31, 2015 was related to the termination of a future lease for a planned club opening that was not yet effective.

31


Table of Contents

(3)
The $3,194 of insurance recovery related to damaged property in the year ended December 31, 2013 related to property damaged by Hurricane Sandy.
(4)
The $17,911 gain on extinguishment of debt recorded for the year ended December 31, 2015 included the write-off of related deferred financing costs and debt discount of $249 and $707, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2015, TSI Holdings purchased $29,829 principal amount of debt outstanding under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility in the open market for $10,947, and such debt was transferred to TSI, LLC and cancelled.
The $493 loss on extinguishment of debt recorded for the year ended December 31, 2014 is comprised of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount, in connection with the fourth quarter 2014 mandatory prepayment of $13,500 on the 2013 Term Loan Facility.
The $750 loss on extinguishment of debt recorded for the year ended December 31, 2013 is comprised of the write-off of net deferred financing costs and debt discount in connection with the November 15, 2013 debt refinancing. The proceeds from the 2013 Senior Credit Facility were used to repay the remaining outstanding principal amounts of the 2011 Senior Credit Facility of $315,743 plus accrued and unpaid interest.
The $1,010 loss on extinguishment of debt recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 is comprised of a $464 write-off of net deferred financing costs and debt discount related to the August 22, 2012 debt repricing and a write-off of $546 of net deferred financing costs and debt discount in connection with the August 28, 2012 voluntary prepayment of $15,000 on our term loan facility.
The $4,865 loss on extinguishment of debt recorded for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulted from a debt refinancing on May 11, 2011. The proceeds from our 2011 Senior Credit Facility were used to repay the remaining outstanding principal amount of our 2007 Senior Credit Facility of $164,000 and the remaining outstanding principal amount of our senior discount notes due 2014 of $138,450. We incurred $2,538 of call premium on the senior discount notes together with the write-off of $2,327 of net deferred financing costs related to the debt extinguishment.
(5)
Corporate income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 included non-cash charges of $43,681 and $60,368, respectively, related to tax valuation allowances. Corporate income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 included income tax benefits totaling $16, $483 and $343, respectively, related to the correction of accounting errors. For the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, see Note 15 — Corporate Income Taxes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for further details.
(6)
In April 2014, February 2014 and November 2013, the board of directors of the Company declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.16 per share. The quarterly dividend was discontinued in the second quarter of 2014.
In the year ended December 31, 2012, the board of directors of the Company declared a special cash dividend of $3.00 per share.
(7)
Net debt represents the total principal balance of long-term debt outstanding, net of cash and cash equivalents.
(8)
Includes wholly-owned and partly-owned clubs. Not included in the total club count are locations that are managed by us in which we do not have an equity interest. These managed sites include three fitness clubs located in colleges and universities and nine managed sites.
(9)
Represents members (including restricted members) at wholly-owned and partly-owned clubs. Restricted members primarily include students and teachers.
(10)
Restricted members ("Restricted Memberships") primarily include students and teachers. This membership allowed for club usage at restricted times, at a discount to other memberships offered. The Restricted Membership was discontinued as clubs transitioned to the lower pricing model and the Company aggregates all members beginning in fiscal 2015.
(11)
Total revenue for a club is included in comparable club revenue increase (decrease) beginning on the first day of the thirteenth full calendar month of the club’s operation.
(12)
Revenue per weighted average club is calculated as total revenue divided by the product of the total number of clubs and their weighted average months in operation as a percentage of the period.
(13)
Average revenue per member is total revenue from wholly-owned clubs for the period divided by the average number of memberships from wholly-owned clubs for the period, including Restricted Memberships prior to 2015, summer student

32


Table of Contents

and summer pool memberships, where average number of memberships for the period is derived by dividing the sum of the total memberships at the end of each month during the period by the total number of months in the period.
(14)
Average joining fees collected per member is calculated as total initiation and annual fees divided by the number of new members during each respective year. New members exclude pre-sold and summer pool membership, and include Restricted Memberships prior to 2015.
(15)
Annual attrition is calculated as total member losses for the year divided by the average monthly member count over the year during each respective year. The member count excludes pre-sold and summer pool memberships and includes Restricted Memberships prior to 2015.
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and consolidated results of operations in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” section of this Annual Report and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this Annual Report. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions (see “FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS” discussion). Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report.
Overview
Based on the number of clubs, we are one of the leading owners and operators of fitness clubs in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States (“U.S.”) and one of the largest fitness club owners and operators in the U.S. As of December 31, 2015, the Company, through its subsidiaries, operated 152 fitness clubs (“clubs”) and three BFX Studio (“studio”) locations. Our clubs collectively served approximately 541,000 members as of December 31, 2015. We owned and operated a total of 105 clubs under the “New York Sports Clubs” (“NYSC”) brand name within a 120-mile radius of New York City as of December 31, 2015, including 37 locations in Manhattan where we are the largest fitness club owner and operator. We owned and operated 27 clubs in the Boston region under our “Boston Sports Clubs” (“BSC”) brand name, 12 clubs (one of which is partly-owned) in the Washington, D.C. region under our “Washington Sports Clubs” (“WSC”) brand name and five clubs in the Philadelphia region under our “Philadelphia Sports Clubs” (“PSC”) brand name as of December 31, 2015. In addition, we owned and operated three clubs in Switzerland as of December 31, 2015. We also have one partly-owned club that operated under a different brand name in Washington, D.C. as of December 31, 2015. We employ localized brand names for our clubs to create an image and atmosphere consistent with the local community and to foster recognition as a local network of quality fitness clubs rather than a national chain.
We develop clusters of clubs to serve densely populated major metropolitan regions and we service such populations by clustering clubs near the highest concentrations of our target customers’ areas of both employment and residence. Our clubs are located for maximum convenience to our members in urban or suburban areas, close to transportation hubs or office or retail centers. Our members include a wide age demographic covering the student market to the active mature market. In each of our markets, we have developed clusters by initially opening or acquiring clubs located in the more central urban markets of the region and then branching out from these urban centers to suburbs and neighboring communities.
We completed the introduction of a lower pricing model in the second quarter of 2015, offering reduced monthly dues. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 80% of our clubs were operating under this pricing model, with the remaining clubs principally comprising the Company's passport-only model. The clubs that are operating under the lower pricing model offer a similar level of service and amenities but at a lower price point. This model gives us an opportunity to recapture market share and compete against certain other gyms that opened in our markets. We believe our offerings are compelling because we include group exercise classes, top of the line equipment, pools and courts with price of certain memberships, when available. The effect of new members enrolling at lower monthly dues combined with members who cancelled who were paying higher monthly dues was only partially offset by an increase in membership sales volume. We continue to consider and make pricing adjustments in order to increase revenue while also driving membership growth.
We added 64,000 net members in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a net member loss of 13,000 in 2014. The ending member count of 541,000 included two adjustments decreasing the count during the year. In the third quarter we completed the conversion from our internally developed Club Management legacy system to a third-party developed software system which resulted in a one-time adjustment to our historical legacy member count of approximately 5,000 members. We believe this adjustment was non-revenue generated and therefore does not impact our consolidated financial statements. In addition there are approximately 2,000 members at one partly-owned club operating under a different brand name that were not

33


Table of Contents

included in the total member count as of December 31, 2015 however were included as of December 31, 2014 when the club was operating as a Washington Sports Club. We continue to account for this club as an equity investment.
Due to the rise in popularity of private studio offerings, we introduced our BFX Studio brand in 2014. We currently have three studio locations. This three-dimension luxury studio brand takes advantage of the rise in consumer demand for studio experiences. The studios include three unique offerings: Ride Republic, which is indoor cycling, Private Sessions for personal training and Master Class for certain group exercise classes. The studios are also staffed with high caliber instructors in each of the three core offerings and the studios are designed to appeal to all ages and all experience levels. This studio concept requires approximately 9,000 to 12,000 square feet of space per studio which compares to the approximately 27,000 square feet aggregate average size of our clubs.
In September 2014, we completed the previously announced legal sale of our East 86th Street property for gross proceeds of $85.7 million to an unaffiliated third-party, which housed one of our New York Sports Clubs as well as a retail tenant that generated rental income for us. This sale-leaseback transaction was characterized for accounting purposes as a financing rather than a sale until any continuing involvement in the property ceased. In December 2015, we terminated our current lease and the agreement to enter into our future lease with the purchaser/landlord, and received gross proceeds of $3.5 million in connection with the termination. Because the lease was terminated with no continuing involvement, this sale-leaseback transaction was accounted for as a completed sale. Under this treatment, we have recorded a $77.1 million gain, previously accounted for as a financing, on the sale of the property and, recorded in Gain on sale of building in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. Refer to Note 10 – Sale of Building to our consolidated financial statements for further details.
In December 2015, TSI Holdings purchased $29.8 million principal amount of debt outstanding under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility in the open market for $10.9 million, and such debt was transferred to TSI, LLC and cancelled, which resulted in a gain on extinguishment of debt of $17.9 million, including the write-off of related deferred financing costs and debt discount of $249,000 and $707,000, respectively.
Revenue and Operating Expenses
We have two principal sources of revenue:
Membership revenue:    Our largest sources of revenue are dues inclusive of monthly membership fees, annual maintenance fees, initiation and processing fees paid by our members. In addition, we collect usage fees on a per visit basis for non-passport members using non-home clubs. These dues and fees comprised 76.0% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015. We recognize revenue from membership dues in the month when the services are rendered. Approximately 98% of our members pay their monthly dues by Electronic Funds Transfer, or EFT, while the balance is paid annually in advance. We recognize revenue from initiation and processing fees over the estimated average membership life and annual fees over a twelve month period.
Ancillary club revenue:    For the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated 17.3% of our revenue from personal training and 5.2% of our revenue from other ancillary programs and services consisting of Sports Club for Kids, racquet sports, Small Group Training and studio classes, as well as sales of miscellaneous sports products. We continue to grow ancillary club revenue by building on ancillary programs such as our personal training membership product and our fee-based Small Group Training programs.
We also receive revenue (approximately 1.5% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015) from the rental of space in our facilities to operators who offer wellness-related offerings, such as physical therapy and juice bars. In addition, we sell in-club advertising and sponsorships and generate management fees from certain club facilities that we do not wholly own. We also collect laundry related revenue for the laundering of towels for third parties. We refer to these revenues as Fees and other revenue.
Our performance is dependent in part on our ability to continually attract and retain members at our clubs. In the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, our attrition rate was 46.9% and 44.3%, respectively.
Our operating and selling expenses are comprised of both fixed and variable costs. Fixed costs include club and supervisory and other salary and related expenses, occupancy costs, including most elements of rent, utilities,
housekeeping and contracted maintenance expenses, as well as depreciation. Variable costs are primarily related to payroll associated with ancillary club revenue, membership sales compensation, advertising, certain facility repairs and club supplies.
General and administrative expenses include costs relating to our centralized support functions, such as accounting, insurance, information and communication systems, purchasing, member relations, legal and consulting fees and real estate

34


Table of Contents

development expenses. Payroll and related expenses are included in a separate line item on the consolidated statement of operations and are not included in general and administrative expenses. Approximately 40% of general and administrative expenses relate directly to club operations including phone and data lines, computer maintenance, business licenses, office and sales supplies, general liability insurance, recruiting and training.
As clubs mature and increase their membership base, fixed costs are typically spread over an increasing revenue base and operating margins tend to improve. Conversely, when our membership base declines, our operating margins are negatively impacted.
Our primary capital expenditures relate to the construction or acquisition of new club facilities and upgrading and expanding our existing clubs. The construction and equipment costs vary based on the costs of construction labor, as well as the planned service offerings and size and configuration of the facility. We perform routine improvements at our clubs and partial replacement of the fitness equipment each year for which we are currently budgeting approximately 1% of projected annual revenue. Expansions of certain facilities are also performed from time to time, when incremental space becomes available on acceptable terms and utilization and demand for the facility dictate. In this regard, facility remodeling is also considered where appropriate.
Operating income is impacted by certain charges and benefits which can fluctuate year to year. In 2015, operating income included goodwill impairment charges of $31.6 million associated with the NYSC and BSC regions, and fixed asset impairment charges of $14.6 million related to underperforming clubs, partially offset by a gain on lease termination of $3.0 million. In 2014, operating income was impacted by fixed asset impairment charges of $4.6 million related to underperforming clubs. In 2013, operating income included benefits of $3.2 million resulting from insurance proceeds collected primarily in connection with property damaged by Hurricane Sandy and $424,000 related to the recognition of out of period non-cash rental income, partially offset by fixed asset impairment charges totaling $714,000.
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
($ amounts in thousands)
Operating income
 
$
7,114

 
$
752

 
$
40,598

Increase (decrease) over prior period
 
846.0
%
 
(98.1
)%
 
(2.0
)%
Net income (loss)
 
$
21,158

 
$
(68,989
)
 
$
12,324

Increase (decrease) over prior period
 
130.7
%
 
(659.8
)%
 
3.0
 %
Cash flows provided by operating activities
 
$
24,870

 
$
4,758

 
$
67,388

Increase (decrease) over prior period
 
422.7
%
 
(92.9
)%
 
12.2
 %
Historically, we have focused on building or acquiring clubs in areas where we believe the market is underserved or where new clubs are intended to replace existing clubs at their lease expiration. Based on our experience, a new club tends to experience a significant increase in revenues during its first three years of operation as it reaches maturity. Because there is relatively little incremental cost associated with such increasing revenue, there is a greater proportionate increase in profitability. We believe that the revenues and operating income of our immature clubs will increase as they mature. In contrast, operating income margins may be negatively impacted in the near term in our recent and planned club openings. In most cases, we are able to transfer many of the members of closed clubs to other clubs thereby enhancing overall profitability. During 2015, we opened one club and two studio locations. We also plan to open one additional location in 2016 for a lease signed in August 2014. In addition, our operating income margins have been, and may continue to be negatively affected by our conversion to the lower pricing model in a substantial majority of our clubs.
As of December 31, 2015, 151 of our fitness clubs were wholly-owned by us and our consolidated financial statements include the operating results of all such clubs. One location in Washington, D.C. was partly-owned by us, with our profit sharing percentage approximating 45%, and is treated as an unconsolidated affiliate for which we apply the equity method of accounting. We also partly owned another location in Washington D.C. that is not part of the WSC with a profit sharing percentage approximating 20% (after priority distributions) for which the equity accounting is also applied. In addition, we provide management services at locations where we do not have an equity interest which include three fitness clubs located in colleges and universities and nine managed sites.

35


Table of Contents

Comparable Club Revenue
We define comparable club revenue as revenue at those clubs that were operated by us for over 12 months and comparable club revenue increase (decrease) as revenue for the 13th month and thereafter as applicable as compared to the same period of the prior year.
 
 
 
Comparable Club Revenue
Increase (Decrease)
 
 
Quarter
 
Full-Year
2013
 
 
 
 
First Quarter
 
(2.4
)%
 
 
Second Quarter
 
(1.7
)%
 
 
Third Quarter
 
(1.7
)%
 
 
Fourth Quarter (a)
 
(1.3
)%
 
(1.8
)%
2014
 
 
 
 
First Quarter
 
(4.7
)%
 
 
Second Quarter
 
(4.5
)%
 
 
Third Quarter
 
(4.5
)%
 
 
Fourth Quarter
 
(3.9
)%
 
(4.2
)%
2015
 
 
 
 
First Quarter
 
(3.5
)%
 
 
Second Quarter
 
(5.4
)%
 
 
Third Quarter
 
(7.1
)%
 
 
Fourth Quarter
 
(6.7
)%
 
(5.6
)%
(a)
Comparable club revenue for the fourth quarter of 2013 excludes $424,000 of out of period rental income recognized resulting from the correction of an accounting error.
Key determinants of comparable club revenue increases (decreases) are new memberships, member retention rates, pricing and ancillary revenue increases (decreases).
Our member count increased 64,000 to 541,000 in 2015. The effect of new members enrolling at lower monthly dues combined with members who cancelled who were paying higher monthly dues was only partially offset by an increase in membership sales volume. We continue to consider and make pricing adjustments in order to increase revenue while also driving membership growth. The comparable club revenue declines experienced in 2013 and 2014 were primarily due to the impact of membership declines. We experienced an overall member loss of 13,000 in each of 2013 and 2014.

36


Table of Contents

Historical Club Count
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015

2014

2013
Wholly-owned clubs operated at beginning of period
 
156

 
160

 
158

New clubs opened
 
1

 
4

 

Clubs acquired
 

 

 
6

Clubs closed
 
(6
)
 
(8
)
 
(4
)
Wholly-owned clubs operated at end of period
 
151

 
156

 
160

Partly-owned clubs operated at end of period(1)
 
1

 
2

 
2

Total clubs operated at end of period(1)(2)(3)
 
152

 
158

 
162

(1)
Excludes one partly-owned club that operated under a different brand name in our Washington, D.C. region.
(2)
Includes wholly-owned and partly-owned clubs. Not included in the total club count are locations that are managed by us in which we do not have an equity interest. These managed sites include three fitness clubs located in colleges and universities and nine managed sites.
(3)
Excludes three studio locations.
Consolidated Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain operating data as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Revenues
100.0
 %
 
100.0
 %
 
100.0
 %
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Payroll and related
41.5

 
39.0

 
37.2

Club operating
46.4

 
42.5

 
38.2

General and administrative
7.2

 
6.9

 
6.0

Depreciation and amortization
11.3

 
10.4

 
10.5

 
106.4

 
98.8

 
91.9

Impairment of fixed assets
3.4

 
1.0

 
0.2

Impairment of goodwill
7.4

 

 

Gain on sale of building
(18.2
)
 

 

Gain on lease termination
(0.7
)
 

 

Insurance recovery related to damaged property

 

 
(0.7
)
 
(8.1
)
 
1.0

 
(0.5
)
Operating income
1.7

 
0.2

 
8.6

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
(4.2
)
 
0.1

 
0.1

Interest expense
4.9

 
4.2

 
4.8

Equity in the earnings of investees and rental income
(0.6
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(0.5
)
Income (loss) before (benefit) provision for corporate income taxes
1.6

 
(3.6
)
 
4.2

(Benefit) provision for corporate income taxes
(3.4
)
 
11.6

 
1.6

Net income (loss)
5.0
 %
 
(15.2
)%
 
2.6
 %

37


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2015 compared to year ended December 31, 2014
Revenue
Revenue (in thousands) was comprised of the following for the periods indicated:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
Revenue
 
% Revenue
 
Revenue
 
% Revenue
 
% Variance
Membership dues
$
309,096

 
72.8
%
 
$
343,185

 
75.6
%
 
(9.9
)%
Initiation and processing fees
13,644

 
3.2
%
 
12,044

 
2.7
%
 
13.3
 %
Membership revenue
322,740

 
76.0
%
 
355,229

 
78.3
%
 
(9.1
)%
Personal training revenue
73,191

 
17.3
%
 
70,338

 
15.5
%
 
4.1
 %
Other ancillary club revenue
22,138

 
5.2
%
 
22,304

 
4.9
%
 
(0.7
)%
Ancillary club revenue
95,329

 
22.5
%
 
92,642

 
20.4
%
 
2.9
 %
Fees and other revenue
6,254

 
1.5
%
 
5,971

 
1.3
%
 
4.7
 %
Total revenue
$
424,323

 
100.0
%
 
$
453,842

 
100.0
%
 
(6.5
)%
Total revenue decreased $29.5 million, or 6.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, as a result of lower membership revenue partially offset by higher ancillary club revenue. Revenue decreased approximately $25.5 million at our clubs opened or acquired prior to December 31, 2013 and $11.7 million at clubs that closed subsequent to December 31, 2013. These decreases were partially offset by a $7.7 million increase in revenue from our clubs that were opened or acquired subsequent to December 31, 2013.
Membership dues revenue decreased $34.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The effect of new members enrolling at lower monthly dues combined with members who cancelled who were paying higher monthly dues was only partially offset by an increase in membership sales volume. The decline was also partially offset by an increase in annual fees recognized of $9.9 million. Beginning in the third quarter of 2014, new memberships charge an annual fee beginning on the first day of membership and on each annual anniversary date thereafter and are deferred and recognized, on a straight-line basis over 12 months. We continue to consider and make pricing adjustments in order to increase revenue while also driving membership growth.
Initiation and processing fees revenue increased $1.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily reflecting an increased amount of initiation fees charged during the first half of 2015 associated with an increase in membership sales volume, partially offset by a reduction in these fees charged during the second half of 2015 due to sales promotion. Our total member count increased 64,000 to 541,000 in 2015 compared to a decrease of 13,000 members in 2014 primarily due to the implementation of the lower pricing model. Initiation and processing fees are recognized into revenue over the estimated average membership life.
Personal training revenue increased $2.9 million to $73.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. Personal training revenue increased as a percentage of total revenue from 15.5% in 2014 to 17.3% in 2015. Our long-term goal is to generate approximately 20% of revenue from personal training. We offer a multi-session personal training membership product and fee-based class offerings to generate additional revenue.
Other ancillary club revenue decreased $166,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily driven by decreased revenue from guest fees as these fees were not charged in most of our clubs for the majority of the year ended December 31, 2015. These decreases were partially offset by increased revenue from our studio classes.
Comparable club revenue decreased 5.6% in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the prior year. The price of our membership dues and fees decreased which was partially offset by an increase in memberships at our comparable clubs.

38


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses
Operating expenses (in thousands) were comprised of the following for the periods indicated:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
$ Variance
 
% Variance
Payroll and related
 
$
175,898

 
$
177,009

 
$
(1,111
)
 
(0.6
)%
Club operating
 
196,725

 
192,716

 
4,009

 
2.1
 %
General and administrative
 
30,683

 
31,352

 
(669
)
 
(2.1
)%
Depreciation and amortization
 
47,887

 
47,307

 
580

 
1.2
 %
Impairment of fixed assets
 
14,571

 
4,569

 
10,002

 
>100%

Impairment of goodwill
 
31,558

 
137

 
31,421

 
>100%

Gain on sale of building
 
(77,146
)
 

 
(77,146
)
 
N/M

Gain on lease termination
 
(2,967
)
 

 
(2,967
)
 
N/M

Operating expenses
 
$
417,209

 
$
453,090

 
$
(35,881
)
 
(7.9
)%
N/M - not meaningful
Operating expenses increased due to the following factors:
Payroll and related.    Payroll and related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $1.1 million, or 0.6%, compared to the prior year. Personal training payroll increased $2.4 million which was related to the increase in personal training revenue. The increase also included $3.0 million separation obligations related to the departure of certain executive officers and severance charges of $817,000 associated with certain employees. These increases were more than offset by decreased overhead expenses and club expenses of $7.3 million associated with headcount reductions and other cost savings initiatives. These cost reductions primarily occurred in the second half of 2015.
Club operating.    Club operating expenses increased $4.0 million or 2.1% compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was principally attributable to the following:
Marketing expenses increased $3.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the prior year principally due to increased advertising spend associated with the lower pricing model.
Rent and occupancy expenses increased $2.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the prior year principally due to the following:
Mature clubs expenses increased $3.1 million resulting from rent escalations.
Expenses associated with newly opened and future clubs and studio locations had increased $919,000.
In the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized $2.9 million of gains related to the reversal of deferred rent in connection with leases terminated early which decreased rent and occupancy expenses in that period.
Offsetting the above increases were savings of $4.6 million for closed clubs.
The above increases were partially offset by the results of our cost savings initiatives.
General and administrative.    General and administrative expense decreased $669,000, or 2.1%, in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily reflecting the results of our cost savings initiatives of $2.2 million, partially offset by increased general liability insurance expenses of $577,000 associated with an increase in reserves for claims related to prior periods. In addition, in 2015 there was an increase in costs of $200,000 associated with stock awards granted to the new members of the Board of Directors and $699,000 associated with the changes to our Board of Directors and other related expenses.
Depreciation and amortization.    In the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, depreciation and amortization expense increased $580,000, or 1.2%, principally due to the addition of new locations during 2014 and 2015.
Impairment of fixed assets.    In the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded fixed asset impairment charges of $14.6 million compared to $4.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, all related to underperforming clubs.
Impairment of goodwill. As a result of the significant decrease in market capitalization and a decline in our current performance primarily due to existing members downgrading their memberships to those with lower monthly dues and new members enrolling at lower rates that occurred between February 28, 2015 and May 31, 2015, we performed an interim impairment test as of May 31, 2015. We concluded that there would be no remaining implied fair value of goodwill attributable

39


Table of Contents

to the NYSC and BSC regions. Accordingly, as of May 31, 2015, we wrote off $31.6 million of goodwill associated with these reporting units. The February 28, 2014 annual impairment test resulted in a goodwill impairment charge of $137,000 associated with the Outlier Clubs in the year ended December 31, 2014.
Gain on Sale of Building. On September 12, 2014, we completed the legal sale of our property (building and land) on East 86th Street, New York City, to an unaffiliated third-party for gross proceeds of $85.7 million, which included $150,000 of additional payments to the Company. Concurrent with the closing of the transaction, we leased back the portion of the property comprising our health club (“Initial Lease”) and had agreed to vacate the property in connection with the Purchaser's future development of a new luxury, high-rise multi-use building. In connection with vacating the property, we had agreed to enter into a new lease (“New Club Lease”) for approximately 24,000 square feet in the new building for the purpose of operating a health club upon completion of construction by the purchaser/landlord. This sale-leaseback transaction was characterized as a financing arrangement for accounting purposes rather than a sale until any continuing involvement has ceased.
On December 23, 2015, we terminated the Initial Lease and the agreement to enter into the New Club Lease and received gross proceeds of $3.5 million in connection with the termination. We must vacate the currently leased area by March 12, 2016 or we will be required to return the gross proceeds of the lease termination to the purchaser/landlord. Because the lease was terminated with no continuing involvement, this sale-leaseback transaction was accounted for as a completed sale as of December 23, 2015. Under this treatment, we have recorded a $77.1 million gain, previously accounted for as a financing, on the sale of the property, recorded in Gain on sale of building in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. Refer to Note 10 – Building Financing Arrangement to our consolidated financial statements for further details.
Gain on lease termination. In the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a $3.0 million net gain on lease termination related to the termination of a future lease for a planned club opening that was not yet effective.
Gain (Loss) on Extinguishment of Debt
In the year ended December 31, 2015, TSI Holdings purchased $29.8 million principal amount of debt outstanding under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility in the open market for $10.9 million, and such debt was transferred to TSI, LLC and cancelled, which resulted in a gain on extinguishment of debt of $17.9 million, including the write-off of related deferred financing costs and debt discount of $249,000 and $707,000, respectively.
In the year ended December 31, 2014, loss on extinguishment of debt was $493,000, comprised of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount in connection with the November 2014 mandatory prepayment of $13.5 million on the 2013 Term Loan Facility. This mandatory payment was related to the sale of the East 86th Street property pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility as described in the Liquidity and Capital Resources section.
Interest Expense
Interest expense increased by $1.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily reflecting the non-cash rental income related to our former tenant at the East 86th Street property. Because the legal sale of our East 86th Street property was characterized for accounting purposes as a financing rather than a sale, the rental payments following the sale during portions of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 were treated as interest on the financing arrangement until any continuing involvement in the property ceased. In December 2015, we terminated our current lease and the agreement to enter into our future lease with the purchaser/landlord, so this sale-leaseback transaction was accounted for as a completed sale in December 2015. This was partially offset by a decrease in interest expense due to principal payments made on and purchases of debt outstanding under our 2013 Term Loan Facility.
(Benefit) Provision for Corporate Income Taxes
We recorded income tax benefit of $14.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, which included a decrease of $17.3 million (net of the elimination of federal effect of state deferred taxes) to the full valuation allowance against the U.S. net deferred tax assets. For year ended December 31, 2014, we had recorded a tax provision of $52.6 million. Our 2015 and 2014 effective tax rates were (211)% and (321)% in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Separate from the impact of valuation allowance, our 2015 and 2014 effective tax rate were 38% and 48%, respectively. Our effective tax rates for 2015 and 2014 were favorably impacted by tax benefits derived from the captive insurance arrangement by approximately 14% and 7%, respectively. Additionally, our effective rate was adversely impacted to 369% in connection with recording a valuation allowance against U.S. deferred tax assets during the year ended December 31, 2014 and by 249% for the change in valuation allowance against U.S. deferred tax assets during the year ended December 31, 2015.

40


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, we have a net deferred tax liability of $61,000 as there is a full valuation allowance recorded against the U.S. net deferred tax assets. The state net deferred tax liability balance as of December 31, 2015 is $17,000. For the year ended December 31, 2014 we had a net deferred tax liability of $11.6 million as there was a full valuation allowance recorded against the U.S. net deferred tax assets. The state net deferred tax liability balance at December 31, 2014 was $3.3 million. The decrease in deferred tax liabilities was due to the impairment of goodwill and purchase of debt during 2015.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we evaluate whether it is more likely than not (more than 50%) that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance, if needed reduces the deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating loss carry forwards can be utilized. We assess all positive and negative evidence when determining the amount of the net deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized. This evidence includes, but is not limited to, prior earnings history, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and projected future taxable income. Significant weight is given to positive and negative evidence that is objectively verifiable.
As required by the authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes, we evaluate the realizability of deferred tax assets on a jurisdictional basis at each reporting date. Accounting for income taxes requires that a valuation allowance be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In circumstances where there is sufficient negative evidence indicating that the deferred tax assets are not more likely than not realizable, we establish a valuation allowance. We have recorded valuation allowances in the amounts of $43.7 million and $60.4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
In recording the valuation allowance, deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite lived intangible assets generally cannot be used as a source of income to realize deferred tax assets with a definitive loss carry forward period. We do not amortize goodwill for book purposes but have amortized goodwill with tax basis for tax purposes. The deferred tax liabilities recorded at December 31, 2015 and 2014 relate to the tax effect of differences between the book and tax basis of goodwill that is not expected to reverse until some indefinite future period. The deferred tax liability recorded at December 31, 2014 related to the tax effect of differences between the book and tax basis of goodwill was reversed in 2015 due to the impairment of goodwill associated with the NYSC and BSC regions.
We are currently under examination in New York State (2006 through 2012). In September 2015, we consented to extend the assessment period for tax years 2006 - 2011 through March 31, 2016 and tax year 2011 through September 14, 2016. Related to this examination, on January 13, 2016, we received a revised assessment from the State of New York related to tax years 2006-2009 for $4.1 million, inclusive of $1.6 million of interest. We continue to evaluate the merits of the proposed assessment as new information becomes available during continued discussions with the State of New York. We have not recorded a tax reserve related to the proposed assessment. It is difficult to predict the final outcome or timing of resolution of any particular matter regarding these examinations. An estimate of the reasonably possible change to unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months cannot be made. Additionally, we are also under examination in New York City (2006 through 2012), which we have consented to extend the assessment period through December 31, 2016.
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013
Revenue
Revenue (in thousands) was comprised of the following for the periods indicated:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 
% Revenue
 
Revenue
 
% Revenue
 
% Variance
Membership dues
 
$
343,185

 
75.6
%
 
$
358,761

 
76.3
%
 
(4.3
)%
Initiation and processing fees
 
12,044

 
2.7
%
 
14,392

 
3.0
%
 
(16.3
)%
Membership revenue
 
355,229

 
78.3
%
 
373,153

 
79.3
%
 
(4.8
)%
Personal training revenue
 
70,338

 
15.5
%
 
66,367

 
14.1
%
 
6.0
 %
Other ancillary club revenue
 
22,304

 
4.9
%
 
24,720

 
5.3
%
 
(9.8
)%
Ancillary club revenue
 
92,642

 
20.4
%
 
91,087

 
19.4
%
 
1.7
 %
Fees and other revenue
 
5,971

 
1.3
%
 
5,985

 
1.3
%
 
(0.2
)%
Total revenue
 
$
453,842

 
100.0
%
 
$
470,225

 
100.0
%
 
(3.5
)%

41


Table of Contents

Total revenue decreased $16.4 million, or 3.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of decreases in membership revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2014, revenue decreased approximately $19.2 million at our clubs opened or acquired prior to December 31, 2012 combined with the decrease of revenue related to corporate sales and $4.6 million at clubs that closed subsequent to December 31, 2012. These decreases were partially offset by a $7.5 million increase in revenue from our clubs and studio that were opened or acquired subsequent to December 31, 2012.
Membership dues revenue decreased $15.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily driven by a decline in membership. The overall member loss of 13,000 in each of 2014 and 2013 largely contributed to the decline in membership and membership dues.
Initiation and processing fees revenue decreased $2.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily reflecting a decline in membership sales. The decrease was partially offset by the effect of the lower estimated average membership life of 22 months during each of the quarters of 2014, versus 25 months and 24 months for the three month periods ended March 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively, and 23 months for the second half of 2013. The lower amortizable life in the current year period resulted in higher initiation and processing fees revenue recognition as initiation and processing fees were amortized over a shorter estimated average membership life.
Personal training revenue increased $4.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, driven by increased pricing on our multi-session personal training membership products as well as increased interest in those products.
Other ancillary club revenue decreased $2.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 driven primarily by a decline in revenue from our Sports Club for Kids and Small Group Training programs.
Comparable club revenue decreased 4.2% in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the prior year, primarily reflecting a decrease in our membership, our membership dues and fees, as well as a decline in the combined effect of ancillary club revenue, joining fees and other revenue.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses (in thousands) were comprised of the following for the periods indicated:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
$ Variance
 
% Variance
Payroll and related
 
$
177,009

 
$
174,894

 
$
2,115

 
1.2
 %
Club operating
 
192,716

 
179,683

 
13,033

 
7.3
 %
General and administrative
 
31,352

 
28,431

 
2,921

 
10.3
 %
Depreciation and amortization
 
47,307

 
49,099

 
(1,792
)
 
(3.6
)%
Impairment of fixed assets
 
4,569

 
714

 
3,855

 
(539.9
)%
Impairment of goodwill
 
137

 

 
137

 
N/M

Insurance recovery related to damaged property
 

 
(3,194
)
 
3,194

 
100.0
 %
Operating expenses
 
$
453,090

 
$
429,627

 
$
23,463

 
5.5
 %
N/A - not meaningful
Operating expenses increased $23.5 million, or 5.5%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the prior year. The operating expenses comparison was impacted by $3.2 million of insurance proceeds received in 2013 in connection with property damaged by Hurricane Sandy which reduced 2013 operating expenses, as well as an increased fixed asset and goodwill impairment charges of $4.0 million in 2014. Separate from these items, operating expenses increased $16.3 million, or 3.8%, $10.7 million of which related to our newly opened clubs and a studio. The remaining increase primarily reflected general cost escalations, including increased utilities costs, and higher marketing expenses due to the conversion to the new pricing strategy further described below.
Payroll and related.  Payroll and related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $2.1 million, or 1.2%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase related to 2013 and 2014 openings, including a studio, was approximately $4.1 million. This increase was offset by the decrease related to 2013 and 2014 club closures of $1.9 million.

42


Table of Contents

As a percentage of total revenue, payroll and related expenses increased to 39.0% in the year ended December 31, 2014 from 37.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013.
Club operating. Club operating expenses increased $13.0 million or 7.3% compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was principally attributable to the following:
Rent and occupancy expenses increased $6.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the prior year principally due to the following:
Mature clubs expenses increased $2.4 million resulting from rent escalations.
Expenses associated with newly opened and future clubs and studio locations increased $4.7 million.
Net decrease of $790,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013 related to three early lease terminations and the write-off of the remaining deferred rent at two of those locations.
Partially offsetting the above increases was a decrease of $1.7 million related to clubs closed in 2014. Of this amount, $1.4 million was a net occupancy gain related to the 2014 club closures which includes penalty payments to landlords and the write-offs of deferred rent at clubs with early terminations.
Utilities expense increased $2.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 principally due to higher energy costs. Energy costs were negatively impacted by the severe cold experienced in our markets during the first quarter of 2014.
Marketing expenses increased $2.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 principally due to increased advertising spend at locations converting to the new pricing strategy.
Repair and maintenance expenses increased $1.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting an increase in overall club maintenance, in particular, repairs of heating, ventilation and air conditioning system.
As a percentage of total revenue, club operating expenses increased to 42.5% in the year ended December 31, 2014 from 38.2% in the year ended December 31, 2013.
General and administrative. General and administrative expense increased $2.9 million, or 10.3%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to increases in licensing fees related to the implementation of our new club operating system of approximately $1.4 million and general liability insurance expense of $567,000. We also experienced increased professional fees of approximately $845,000 and administrative club closure expenses of $262,000. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $324,000 in club acquisition related fees from those incurred in the year ended December 31, 2013.
As a percentage of total revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 6.9% in the year ended December 31, 2014 from 6.0% in the year ended December 31, 2013.
Depreciation and amortization.  In the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, depreciation and amortization expense decreased $1.8 million, or 3.6%, due to a decline in our depreciable fixed asset base and certain fixed asset write-offs in the last half of 2013.
Impairment of fixed assets. In the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded fixed asset impairment charges of $4.6 million compared to $714,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013 all related to underperforming clubs.
Insurance recovery related to damaged property. In the year ended December 31, 2013, we collected $3.2 million of insurance cash proceeds related primarily due to property damaged by Hurricane Sandy. There were no such proceeds collected in the year ended December 31, 2014.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
In the year ended December 31, 2014, loss on extinguishment of debt was $493,000, comprised of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount in connection with the November 2014 mandatory prepayment of $13.5 million on the 2013 Term Loan Facility. This mandatory payment was related to the sale of the East 86th Street property pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility as described in the Liquidity and Capital Resources section. In the year ended December 31, 2013, loss on extinguishment of debt was $750,000 comprised of the write-off of net deferred financing costs and debt discount related to the debt refinancing in November 2013.

43


Table of Contents

Interest Expense
Interest expense decreased by $3.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to lower interest rates resulting from the November 15, 2013 refinancing, which were lower by approximately 125 basis points on the non-hedged debt principal and 80 basis points on the hedged debt principal.
Provision for Corporate Income Taxes
We recorded income tax expense of $52.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, which included $60.4 million (net of the elimination of federal effect of state deferred taxes) to recognize a full valuation allowance against the US net deferred tax assets. For year ended December 31, 2013, we had recorded a tax provision of $7.4 million. Our 2014 and 2013 effective tax rates were (321)% and 37% in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Separate from the impact of valuation allowance, our 2014 effective tax rate was 48%. Our effective tax rates for 2014 and 2013 were favorably impacted by tax benefits derived from the captive insurance arrangement by approximately 7% and 5%, respectively. Additionally, our effective rate was adversely impacted to 369% in connection with recording a valuation allowance against U.S. deferred tax assets during the year ended December 31, 2014.
As of December 31, 2014, we had a net deferred tax liability of $11.6 million as there was a full valuation allowance recorded against the U.S. net deferred tax assets. The state net deferred tax liability balance as of December 31, 2014 was $3.3 million. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we evaluated whether it was more likely than not (more than 50%) that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces the deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets was dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating loss carry forwards can be utilized. We assessed all positive and negative evidence when determining the amount of the net deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized. This evidence included, but was not limited to, prior earnings history, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and projected future taxable income. Significant weight was given to positive and negative evidence that was objectively verifiable.
As of December 31, 2014, we were not in a three year cumulative loss position. However, we were projected to be in a cumulative loss position during the three year period ending in December 31, 2015, which was considered to be a significant piece of negative evidence. We determined that it was appropriate to conclude that there were losses that were projected in the near term due to the conversion to the new pricing strategy, which included increased marketing spend and lower membership revenue during initial months of conversion. We believed the conversion to the new pricing strategy will significantly increase membership at the clubs in future periods and related income. However, because the accounting guidance for income taxes considered a projection of future earnings inherently subjective, it did not carry significant weight to overcome the objectively verifiable evidence of cumulative losses in recent years. Based on the weighting of available evidence, both positive and negative evidence, most notably the projected three year cumulative loss, we recorded a $60.4 million non-cash charge to income tax expense to establish a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. Although recognition of the valuation allowance for our net deferred tax assets was a non-cash charge, it did have a direct negative impact on net loss and shareholder’s deficit for the quarter and fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.
In recording the valuation allowance, deferred tax liabilities associated with indefinite lived intangible assets generally cannot be used as a source of income to realize deferred tax assets with a definitive loss carry forward period. We did not amortize goodwill for book purposes but had amortized goodwill with tax basis for tax purposes. The deferred tax liability recorded at December 31, 2014 related to the tax effect of differences between the book and tax basis of goodwill that was not expected to reverse until some indefinite future period.
The following state and local jurisdictions were examining our respective returns for the years indicated: New York State (2006 through 2012), New York City (2006, 2007, and 2008), and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (2009, 2010). On March 26, 2014, we received from the State of New York a revised assessment related to tax years 2006-2009 for $3.5 million, inclusive of $1.2 million of interest. We had subsequently received a request for additional information from the State of New York. All of the information was submitted by January 2015. We continued to evaluate the merits of the proposed assessment as new information becomes available during continued discussions with the State of New York. We had not recorded a tax reserve related to the proposed assessment. It was difficult to predict the final outcome or timing of resolution of any particular matter regarding these examinations. An estimate of the reasonably possible change to unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months cannot be made.
In 2014, we filed Form 3115, Application for Change in Accounting Method (“Application”), with the IRS requesting a change in accounting for the treatment of landlord contributions. Accordingly, we reduced our unrecognized tax benefits by $12.7 million for the landlord contributions positions taken in prior years. The reduction in unrecognized tax benefits didn’t affect our effective tax rate since the position related to a temporary difference; however, we recognized a tax benefit of $334,000 primarily related to the reversal of accrued interest.

44


Table of Contents

The results for the year ended December 31, 2013 also included the correction of errors that resulted in an increase in tax benefits for corporate income taxes and a related increase in deferred tax assets in our consolidated statement of operations and consolidated balance sheet, respectively. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we identified corrections related to temporary differences in fixed assets for state depreciation resulting in the recognition of an income tax benefit of $225,000. Also, in the fourth quarter of 2013, we identified corrections related to temporary differences in landlord allowances resulting in the recognition of out of period expense of $209,000 for a net benefit to the provision for corporate income taxes of $16,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013.
Segment Results of Operations
The following discussion sets forth our financial performance by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. We present earnings (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), provision (benefit) for corporate income taxes, and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) as the primary measure of profit and loss for our operating segments in accordance with FASB guidance for segment reporting.
Clubs (New York Sports Clubs, Boston Sports Clubs, Philadelphia Sports Clubs, Washington Sports Clubs, and Swiss Sports Clubs)
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Revenue
$
422,090

 
$
453,516

 
$
470,225

EBITDA (1)
$
79,232

 
$
53,524

 
$
91,770

(1) Includes significant items affecting comparability. See discussion below.
Year ended December 31, 2015 compared to year ended December 31, 2014
Clubs revenue decreased $31.4 million, or 6.9%, in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily at our comparable clubs which decreased 5.6%. The effect of new members enrolling at lower monthly dues combined with members who cancelled who were paying higher monthly dues was only partially offset by an increase in membership sales volume. The decline was also partially offset by an increase in annual fees recognized of $9.9 million. Our total member count increased 64,000 to 541,000 in 2015 compared to a decrease of 13,000 members in 2014. We continue to consider and make pricing adjustments in order to increase revenue while also driving membership growth.
Clubs EBITDA increased $25.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily reflecting a $77.1 million gain on sale of building in 2015, a net increase of $18.4 million gain on extinguishment of debt and a $3.0 million gain on lease termination in 2015. These increases were partially offset by increased fixed asset and goodwill impairment charges of $41.4 million and the decline in revenue.
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013
Clubs revenue decreased $16.7 million, or 3.6%, in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of decline in membership revenue. Comparable club revenue decreased 4.2% in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the prior year, primarily reflecting a decrease in our membership, our membership dues and fees, as well as a decline in the combined effect of ancillary club revenue, joining fees and other revenue.
Clubs EBITDA decreased $38.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily reflecting lower membership revenues, and increased club operating expense mainly due to higher rent and occupancy expense, utilities expense, and marketing costs. Comparability in 2014 was also negatively impacted by $3.2 million of insurance proceeds received in 2013 in connection with property damaged by Hurricane Sandy, as well as an increased fixed asset and goodwill impairment charges of $4.0 million in 2014.

45


Table of Contents

Studio (BFX Studio)
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Revenue
$
2,233

 
$
326

 
$

EBITDA
$
(3,959
)
 
$
(3,556
)
 
$
(364
)
Year ended December 31, 2015 compared to year ended December 31, 2014
Studio revenue increased $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, reflecting revenue of our three studios opened in September 2014, March 2015 and June 2015.
Studio had an EBITDA loss of $4.0 million and $3.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, primarily reflecting the rent and occupancy costs, start-up costs and overhead payroll for our locations.
Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to year ended December 31, 2013
Studio reported revenue of $326,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily reflecting revenue of our first studio that was opened in September 2014.
Studio reported EBITDA loss of $3.6 million in 2014 and $364,000 in 2013 primarily reflecting the rent and occupancy costs, start-up costs and overhead payroll for our first studio location and additional locations with leases executed and development underway as of December 31, 2014.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have been experiencing declining revenue from members for several years as the fitness industry continues to be highly competitive in the geographic regions in which we compete. New members have been joining at lower monthly rates and cancellations of members paying higher rates, primarily from the conversion to the lower pricing model, will continue to negatively impact our liquidity if these trends are not reversed. In response to this, we initiated cost savings initiatives in 2015 that have continued into fiscal 2016 to help mitigate the impact the decline in revenue has had on our profitability and cash flow from operations. We also purchased $29.8 million principal amount of our debt at a significant discount in 2015.
Our ability to fund operations and capital expenditures in 2016 is dependent upon our ability to generate sufficient cash from operations coupled with cash on hand. We believe we have sufficient liquidity from a combination of cash on hand and cash to be generated from operations during 2016 to fund anticipated capital expenditures and currently scheduled debt service for the year ending December 31, 2016. As further described below, we maintain a senior credit facility with our lenders which contains a term loan facility and a revolving loan facility. The terms of the senior credit facility include a financial covenant under which we are currently not able to utilize more than 25%, or $11.3 million, of the revolving loan facility. We will continue not to be able to utilize more than 25% of the revolving loan facility until we have a total leverage ratio, as defined, of no greater than 4.50:1.00. The revolving loan facility is scheduled to mature in November 2018. Based upon our current cash balance as of December 31, 2015 of $76.2 million and projected cash from operations, we do not anticipate the need to utilize the revolving loan facility during 2016.
We may consider additional actions within our control, including the sale of certain assets, additional club closures and entering into arrangements with revenue generating partnerships, some which may utilize a “shop-in-shop” concept. We may also consider additional strategic alternatives including opportunities to reduce TSI LLC’s existing debt and further cost savings initiatives, among other possibilities. Our ability to continue to meet our obligations beyond 2016 is dependent on our ability to generate positive cash flow from a combination of initiatives, including those mentioned above. Failure to successfully implement these initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our operations and we would need to implement alternative plans that could include additional asset sales, additional reductions in operating costs, deferral of capital expenditures, further reductions in working capital and debt restructurings. There can be no assurance that such alternatives would be available to us or that we would be successful in their implementation.
As of December 31, 2015, we had $76.2 million of cash and cash equivalents. Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. Although we deposit our cash with more than one financial institution, as of December 31, 2015, $64.8 million was held at two financial institutions. We have not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalent accounts to date and we do not believe that, based on the credit ratings of the aforementioned institutions, we are exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash at this time.

46


Table of Contents

Historically, we have satisfied our liquidity needs through cash generated from operations and various borrowing arrangements. Principal liquidity needs have included the acquisition and development of new clubs, debt service requirements, debt purchases and other capital expenditures necessary to upgrade, expand and renovate existing clubs. In December 2013, March 2014 and June 2014, we paid a cash dividend of $0.16 per share. Any determination to pay future dividends will be made by the board of directors and will take into account such matters as cash on hand, general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by us and our subsidiaries and such other factors as our board of directors may consider to be relevant. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from operations and our existing credit facility will be sufficient to fund capital expenditures, working capital needs and other liquidity requirements associated with our operations through at least the next 12 months.
Operating Activities.    Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased $20.1 million compared to the prior year primarily due to the following.
Cash paid for income taxes decreased $23.4 million primarily related to the legal sale of the East 86th Street property in the year ended December 31, 2014, which was treated as a financing arrangement for accounting purposes, but recognized as of the date of sale for Federal and State income taxes at the time of the legal sale. We also received an income tax refund of $7.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.
Cash collected for member enrollment, including the initial annual fee paid upon joining, increased $10.8 million related to the increase in memberships sold, and recurring annual and rate lock fees collected increased $1.6 million.
Cash collected for personal training memberships increased $2.7 million.
In the year ended December 31, 2015, we received cash proceeds of $3.1 million for the termination of a lease that was not yet effective for a planned club opening.
Accrued payroll expenses decreased $4.9 million in 2014 and increased $1.3 million in 2015 generating a favorable cash flow variance of $6.2 million. Accrued payroll was unusually high as of December 31, 2013 principally due to timing differences in payroll payments.
The differences in the timing of other collections and payments made associated with accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued expenses generated a favorable cash flow variance of approximately $8.4 million.
These increases were partially offset by a decrease in membership dues collected of $43.9 million in 2015.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 decreased $62.6 million compared to the prior year. In the year ended December 31, 2014, cash received from membership dues and cash collected for member enrollment decreased $10.9 million and for-pay programs decreased $18.8 million, principally related to lower membership volume in 2014 compared with 2013. The cash decrease also reflected an increase in cash paid for income taxes of $23.2 million (after utilization of net operating losses and carryforward) primarily related to the legal sale of the East 86th Street property, which is treated as a financing arrangement for accounting purposes, but recognized as of the date of sale for Federal and State income taxes. In addition, there were increased payments for rent of $6.2 million and utilities of $2.9 million. The decrease in accrued payroll expenses also generated an unfavorable cash flow variance of $4.9 million in 2014 principally due to timing differences in payroll payment. These cash decreases were partially offset by the decline in cash paid for interest of $2.6 million in 2014.
Investing Activities.    Net cash used in investing activities decreased $10.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to the decreased activity in the building of new clubs. Investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2015 included capital expenditures related to expanding and remodeling existing clubs, and the purchase of new fitness equipment. The 2015 amount includes approximately $9.1 million related to 2015 and 2016 openings. Total capital expenditures also includes approximately $14.4 million to continue to enhance or upgrade existing clubs, and $4.5 million principally related to major renovations at clubs with recent lease renewals. In addition, we invested $2.5 million to enhance our management information and communication systems. These capital expenditures are funded by cash flow from operations and available cash on hand. The decrease also included a $1.1 million executive separation obligation related to our former Executive Chairman in 2015.
Net cash used in investing activities increased $11.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the prior year. Investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2014 consisted of capital expenditures for the building of new clubs, remodeling of existing clubs, the purchase of new fitness equipment and capital investment in information technology. The 2014 amount included approximately $18.6 million related to 2014 and 2015 openings, including both clubs and studios. Total capital expenditures also included approximately $20.7 million to continue to enhance or upgrade existing clubs, and $661,000 principally related to major renovations at clubs with recent lease renewals. In addition, in the year ended December 31, 2014, we invested $2.1 million to enhance our management information and communication systems. These capital expenditures were funded by available cash on hand and the after-tax proceeds from the legal sale of the East 86th Street property.

47


Table of Contents

Financing Activities.    Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $10.5 million compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $57.5 million for the prior year. In the year ended December 31, 2015, TSI Holdings purchased $29.8 million principal amount of debt outstanding under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility in the open market for $10.9 million and such debt was transferred to TSI, LLC and cancelled. The total principal payments made on the 2013 Term Loan Facility were $3.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $16.7 million in the prior year. In the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, financing activities also consisted of gross cash proceeds from the sale of the East 86th Street property of $4.0 million and $83.4 million, respectively. The 2014 cash proceeds was partially offset by $3.2 million of real property transfer taxes, broker fees and other costs associated with this property sale. In addition, we paid cash dividends to common stockholders of $213,000 in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $7.9 million of dividends in the prior year. In the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid a $246,000 redemption price to the holders of the rights pursuant to a stockholder rights plan.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $57.5 million compared to net cash used in financing activities of $975,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. In the year ended December 31, 2014, financing activities consisted of $83.4 million in gross cash proceeds from the sale of the East 86th Street property, accounted for as a building financing arrangement, partially offset by $3.2 million of real property transfer taxes, broker fees and other costs associated with the property sale. Pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, we are required to apply net proceeds in excess of $30.0 million from sales of assets in any fiscal year towards mandatory prepayments of outstanding borrowings. Accordingly, we re-paid $13.5 million of principal of the 2013 Term Loan Facility in November 2014. The total principal payments made on the 2013 Term Loan Facility in the year ended December 31, 2014 was $16.7 million. In addition, we paid cash dividends to common stockholders of $7.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $4.1 million of dividends in the year ended December 31, 2013.
2013 Senior Credit Facility
On November 15, 2013, TSI, LLC, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a $370.0 million senior secured credit facility (“2013 Senior Credit Facility”), among TSI, LLC, TSI Holdings II, LLC, a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Holdings II”), as a Guarantor, the lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG, as administrative agent, and Keybank National Association, as syndication agent. The 2013 Senior Credit Facility consists of a $325.0 million term loan facility maturing on November 15, 2020 (“2013 Term Loan Facility”) and a $45.0 million revolving loan facility maturing on November 15, 2018 (“2013 Revolving Loan Facility”). Proceeds from the 2013 Term Loan Facility of $323.4 million were issued, net of an original issue discount (“OID”) of 0.5%, or $1.6 million. Debt issuance costs recorded in connection with the 2013 Senior Credit Facility were $5.1 million and are being amortized as interest expense and are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We also recorded additional debt discount of $4.4 million related to creditor fees. The proceeds from the 2013 Term Loan Facility were used to pay off amounts outstanding under our previously outstanding long-term debt facility originally entered into on May 11, 2011 (as amended from time to time), and to pay related fees and expenses. None of the revolving loan facility was drawn upon as of the closing date on November 15, 2013, but loans under the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility may be drawn from time to time pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility. The borrowings under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed and secured by assets and pledges of capital stock by Holdings II, TSI, LLC, and, subject to certain customary exceptions, the wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of TSI, LLC.
Borrowings under the 2013 Term Loan Facility and the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility, at TSI, LLC’s option, bear interest at either the administrative agent’s base rate plus 2.5% or a LIBOR rate adjusted for certain additional costs (the “Eurodollar Rate”) plus 3.5%, each as defined in the 2013 Senior Credit Facility. With respect to the outstanding initial term loans, the Eurodollar Rate has a floor of 1.00% and the base rate has a floor of 2.00%. Commencing with the last business day of the quarter ended March 31, 2014, TSI, LLC is required to pay 0.25% of the principal amount of the term loans each quarter, which may be reduced by voluntary prepayments. As of December 31, 2015, we have made a total of $19.8 million in principal payments on the 2013 Term Loan Facility.
On January 30, 2015, the 2013 Senior Credit Facility was amended (the "Amendment") to permit TSI Holdings to purchase term loans under the Credit Agreement. Any term loans so purchased by TSI Holdings will be cancelled in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended by the Amendment. We may from time to time purchase term loans in market transactions, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise; however we are under no obligation to make any such purchases. Any such transactions, and the amounts involved, will depend on prevailing market conditions, liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material. In December 2015, TSI Holdings purchased $29.8 million principal amount of debt outstanding under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility in the open market for $10.9 million and such debt was transferred to TSI, LLC and cancelled, which resulted in a gain on extinguishment of debt of $17.9 million, including the write-off of related deferred financing costs and debt discount of $249,000 and $707,000, respectively.

48


Table of Contents

The terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility provide for a financial covenant in the situation where the total utilization of the revolving loan commitments (other than letters of credit up to $5.5 million at any time outstanding) exceeds 25% of the aggregate amount of those commitments. In such event, TSI, LLC is required to maintain a total leverage ratio, as defined in the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, of no greater than 4.50:1.00. While not subject to the total leverage ratio covenant as of December 31, 2015 as our only utilization of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility as of December 31, 2015 was $2.9 million of issued and outstanding letters of credit thereunder, because the Company’s total leverage ratio as of December 31, 2015 was in excess of 4.50:1.00, we are currently not able to utilize more than 25% of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility. We will continue not to be able to utilize more than 25% of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility until we have a total leverage ratio of no greater than 4.50:1.00. The 2013 Senior Credit Facility also contains certain affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that may limit or restrict TSI, LLC and Holdings II’s ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness and other liabilities; create liens; merge or consolidate; dispose of assets; make investments; pay dividends and make payments to shareholders; make payments on certain indebtedness; and enter into sale leaseback transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In addition, at any time when the total leverage ratio is greater than 4:50:1.00, there are additional limitations on the ability of TSI, LLC and Holdings II to, among other things, make certain distributions of cash to TSI Holdings. The 2013 Senior Credit Facility also includes customary events of default (including non-compliance with the covenants or other terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility) which may allow the lenders to terminate the commitments under the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility and declare all outstanding term loans and revolving loans immediately due and payable and enforce its rights as a secured creditor.
TSI, LLC may prepay the 2013 Term Loan Facility and 2013 Revolving Loan Facility without premium or penalty in accordance with the 2013 Senior Credit Facility. Mandatory prepayments are required relating to certain asset sales, insurance recovery and incurrence of certain other debt and commencing in 2015 in certain circumstances relating to excess cash flow (as defined) for the prior fiscal year, as described below, in excess of certain expenditures. Pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, we are required to apply net proceeds in excess of $30.0 million from sales of assets in any fiscal year towards mandatory prepayments of outstanding borrowings. In connection with the sale of the East 86th Street property, accounted for as a building financing arrangement, described in Note 10 - Building Financing Arrangement, we received approximately $43.5 million in net sales proceeds (after taxes, before giving effect to utilization of net operating losses and carryforward). Accordingly, we made a mandatory prepayment of $13.5 million on the 2013 Term Loan Facility in November 2014. In connection with this mandatory prepayment, during the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded loss on extinguishment of debt of $493,000, consisting of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount of $119,000 and $374,000, respectively, and was included in loss on extinguishment of debt in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014. To the extent the proceeds of the sale of the East 86th Street property are not reinvested, we may be required to use such amounts, other than amounts used in 2014 to repay debt, to pay down our outstanding debt, as provided under the terms of our 2013 Senior Credit Facility. Based on increased capital expenditures related to the building of locations, we do not expect to be required to make a payment at any time.
In addition, the 2013 Senior Credit Facility contains provisions that require excess cash flow payments, as defined, to be applied against outstanding 2013 Term Loan Facility balances. The excess cash flow is calculated annually for each fiscal year ending December 31 and paid 95 days after the fiscal year end. The applicable excess cash flow repayment percentage is applied to the excess cash flow when determining the excess cash flow payment. Earnings, changes in working capital and capital expenditure levels all impact the determination of any excess cash flow. The applicable excess cash flow repayment percentage is 50% when the total leverage ratio, as defined in the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, exceeds or is equal to 2.50:1.00; 25% when the total leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00 but less than 2.50:1.00 and 0% when the total leverage ratio is less than 2.00:1.00. The first excess cash flow payment would have been due in April 2015. The excess cash flow calculation performed as of December 31, 2015 did not result in any required payments.
As of December 31, 2015, the 2013 Term Loan Facility has a gross principal balance of $275.4 million and a balance of $269.0 million net of unamortized debt discount of $6.4 million which is comprised of the unamortized portions of the OID recorded in connection with the May 11, 2011 debt issuance and the unamortized balance of the additional debt discounts recorded in connection with the first amendment and second amendment to the 2011 Senior Credit Facility. The unamortized debt discount balance is recorded as a contra-liability to long-term debt on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and is being amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2015, the unamortized balance of debt issuance costs of $3.0 million is being amortized as interest expense, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
As of December 31, 2015, there were no outstanding 2013 Revolving Loan Facility borrowings and outstanding letters of credit issued totaled $2.9 million. The unutilized portion of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility as of December 31, 2015 was $42.1 million and the available unutilized portion, based on the Company’s total leverage ratio exceeding 4.50:1.00, was $11.3 million.

49


Table of Contents

Repayment of 2011 Senior Credit Facility
TSI, LLC’s previously outstanding senior secured credit facility was originally entered into on May 11, 2011 and consisted of a $350.0 million senior secured credit facility (“2011 Senior Credit Facility”) comprised of a $300.0 million term loan facility (“2011 Term Loan Facility”) scheduled to mature on May 11, 2018 and a $50.0 million revolving loan facility scheduled to mature on May 11, 2016 (“2011 Revolving Loan Facility”).
Contemporaneously with entry into the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, TSI, LLC repaid the outstanding principal amount of the 2011 Term Loan Facility of $315.7 million. The 2011 Term Loan Facility was set to expire on May 11, 2018. There were no outstanding amounts under the 2011 Revolving Loan Facility as of November 15, 2013, the date of the initial borrowing under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility. The 2011 Term Loan Facility was repaid at face value of $315.7 million plus accrued and unpaid interest of $807,000 and letter of credit fees and commitment fees of $67,000. The total cash paid in connection with this repayment was $316.6 million as of November 15, 2013 with no early repayment penalty. We determined that the 2013 Senior Credit Facility was not substantially different than the 2011 Senior Credit Facility for certain lenders based on the less than 10% difference in cash flows of the respective debt instruments. A portion of the transaction was therefore accounted for as a modification of the 2011 Senior Credit Facility and a portion was accounted for as an extinguishment. As of November 15, 2013, we recorded loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $750,000, representing the write-off of the remaining unamortized debt costs and debt discount related to the portion of the 2011 Senior Credit Facility that was accounted for as an extinguishment, and was included in loss on extinguishment of debt in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Financial Instruments
In our normal operations, we are exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates. In order to minimize the possible negative impact of such fluctuations on our cash flows we may enter into derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”), such as interest-rate swaps. Any instruments are not entered into for trading purposes and we only use commonly traded instruments. Currently, we have used derivatives solely relating to the variability of cash flows from interest rate fluctuations.
We originally entered into an interest rate swap arrangement on July 13, 2011 in connection with the 2011 Senior Credit Facility. In connection with entering into the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, we amended and restated the interest rate swap agreement initially entered into (and amended in August 2012 and November 2012). Effective as of November 15, 2013, the closing date of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, the interest rate swap arrangement had a notional amount of $160.0 million and will mature on May 15, 2018. The swap effectively converts $160.0 million of the $325.0 million total variable-rate debt under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility to a fixed rate of 5.384%, when including the applicable 3.50% margin. As permitted by ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, we have designated this swap as a cash flow hedge, the effects of which have been reflected in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The objective of this hedge is to manage the variability of cash flows in the interest payments related to the portion of the variable-rate debt designated as being hedged.
When our derivative instrument was executed, hedge accounting was deemed appropriate and it was designated as a cash flow hedge at inception with re-designation being permitted under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. Interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes since they are being used to transform variable interest rate exposure to fixed interest rate exposure on a recognized liability (debt). On an ongoing basis, we perform a quarterly assessment of the hedge effectiveness of the hedge relationship and measure and recognize any hedge ineffectiveness in our consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, hedge ineffectiveness was evaluated using the hypothetical derivative method. There was no hedge ineffectiveness in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
The counterparty to our derivatives is a major banking institution with a credit rating of investment grade or better and no collateral is required, and there are no significant risk concentrations. We believe the risk of incurring losses on derivative contracts related to credit risk is unlikely.
Consolidated Debt
As of December 31, 2015, our total principal amount of debt outstanding was $275.4 million. This substantial amount of debt could have significant consequences, including:
making it more difficult to satisfy our obligations, including with respect to our outstanding indebtedness;
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

50


Table of Contents

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions of new clubs and other general corporate requirements;
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations for the payment of interest on our debt, which is variable on our 2013 Revolving Loan Facility and partially variable on our 2013 Term Loan Facility, and/or principal pursuant to excess cash flow requirements and reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions of new clubs and general corporate requirements;
increasing our vulnerability to interest rate fluctuations in connection with borrowings under our 2013 Senior Credit Facility, some of which are at variable interest rates;
limiting our ability to refinance our existing indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all; and
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate.
These limitations and consequences may place us at a competitive disadvantage to other less-leveraged competitors.
We believe that we have, or will be able to, obtain or generate sufficient funds to finance our current operating and growth plans through the next 12 months. Any material acceleration or expansion of our plans through newly constructed clubs or acquisitions (to the extent such acquisitions include cash payments) may require us to pursue additional sources of financing. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available, or that it will be available on acceptable terms.
Gain on Sale of Building
On September 12, 2014, we completed the legal sale of our property (building and land) on East 86th Street, New York City, to an unaffiliated third-party for gross proceeds of $85.7 million, which included $150,000 of additional payments to the Company. Concurrent with the closing of the transaction, we leased back the portion of the property comprising our health club and had agreed to vacate the property in connection with the Purchaser's future development of a new luxury, high-rise multi-use building. In connection with vacating the property, we had agreed to the New Club Lease for approximately 24,000 square feet in the new building for the purpose of operating a health club upon completion of construction by the purchaser/landlord. This sale-leaseback transaction was characterized as a financing arrangement for accounting purposes rather than a sale until any continuing involvement has ceased. As of December 31, 2014, the total financing arrangement was $83.4 million, which was net of $1.8 million held in escrow for our former tenant. As part of the transaction, we incurred $3.2 million of real property transfer taxes, broker fees and other costs which were deferred and were being amortized over the term of the Initial Lease of 25 years, which included the option periods. The net fees are included in Other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as December 31, 2014.
On December 23, 2015, we terminated the New Club Lease and received gross proceeds of $3.5 million in connection with the termination. We must vacate the currently leased area by March 12, 2016 or we will be required to return the gross proceeds of the lease termination to the purchaser/landlord. Because the lease was terminated with no continuing involvement, this sale-leaseback transaction was accounted for as a completed sale as of December 23, 2015. Under this treatment, we have recorded a $77.1 million gain, previously accounted for as a financing, on the sale of the property, recorded in Gain on sale of building in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 23, 2015, the net book value of the building and building improvements was $2.8 million and the book value of the land was $986,000 and the net book value of the deferred building financing costs was $3.0 million. The gain on the sale of the building is also net of $3.5 million of deferred lease receivable related to our former tenant.

51


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments
As of December 31, 2015, our contractual obligations listed in the table below and payments by period were as follows:
 
 
 
Payments Due by Period (in thousands)
Contractual Obligations(4)
 
Total
 
Less than
1 Year
 
1-3 Years
 
3-5 Years
 
More than
5 Years
Long-term debt(1)
 
$
275,417

 
$
2,810

 
$
5,621

 
$
4,918

 
$
262,068

Interest payments on long-term debt(2)
 
62,943

 
13,945

 
26,367

 
22,631

 

Operating lease obligations(3)
 
601,882

 
89,359

 
162,013

 
134,377

 
216,133

Total contractual obligations
 
$
940,242

 
$
106,114

 
$
194,001

 
$
161,926

 
$
478,201


Notes:
(1)
Principal amounts paid each year may increase if annual excess cash flow amounts are required (as described above). Excess cash flow was calculated as of December 31, 2015 and no payments are currently required in 2016 or any future period.
(2)
Based on interest rates pursuant to the 2013 Term Loan Facility and the interest swap agreement as of December 31, 2015.
(3)
Operating lease obligations include base rent only. Certain leases provide for additional rent based on real estate taxes, common area maintenance and defined amounts based on our operating results.
(4)
The table above does not reflect payments related to planned club closures.
The following long-term liabilities included on the consolidated balance sheet are excluded from the table above: income taxes (including uncertain tax positions or benefits), insurance accruals and other accruals. We are unable to estimate the timing of payments for these items.
We had working capital of $27.9 million and $52.3 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Major components of our working capital on the current assets side are cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, and the current portion of deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2015, these current assets more than offset the current liabilities, which consist of deferred revenues, accounts payable, accrued expenses (including, among others, accrued construction in progress and equipment, payroll and occupancy costs), the current portion of deferred tax liabilities and the current portion of long-term debt. The deferred revenue that is classified as a current liability relates to dues and services paid-in-full in advance and fees paid at the time of enrollment and totaled $40.2 million and $37.0 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Initiation and processing fees received are deferred and amortized over the estimated average membership life of a club member and all annual fees are deferred and amortized over a 12 month period. Prepaid dues and fees for prepaid services are generally realized over a period of up to 12 months. In periods when we increase the number of members and consequently increase the level of payments received in advance, we would expect to see increased deferred revenue balances. By contrast, any decrease in demand for our services or reductions in initiation fees collected would have the effect of reducing deferred revenue balances, which would likely require us to rely more heavily on other sources of funding. In either case, a significant portion of the deferred revenue is not expected to constitute a liability that must be funded with cash. At the time a member joins our club, we incur enrollment costs, a portion of which are deferred over the estimated average membership life or 12 months to the extent these costs are related to the first annual fee paid at the time of enrollment. These costs are recorded as a long-term asset and as such do not affect working capital. We believe our cash and cash equivalents and our 2013 Revolving Loan Facility, which had $11.3 million of remaining availability at December 31, 2015 based on our leverage ratio and utilization at that date, are sufficient to fund our operating, investing and financing requirements for the next twelve months.
Recent Changes in or Recently Issued Accounting Standards
For details of applicable new accounting standards, please, see Note 4 — Recent Accounting Pronouncements to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report.
Use of Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

52


Table of Contents

The most significant assumptions and estimates relate to the useful lives of long-term assets, recoverability and impairment of fixed and intangible assets, deferred income tax valuation, valuation of and expense incurred in connection with stock options, valuation of interest-rate swap arrangements, insurance reserves, legal contingencies and the estimated average membership life.
Estimated average membership life. Initiation and processing fees, as well as related direct and incremental expenses of membership acquisition, which include sales commissions, bonuses and related taxes and benefits, are deferred and recognized, on a straight-line basis, in operations over the estimated average membership life or 12 months to the extent these costs are related to the first annual fee paid at the time of enrollment. Annual fees are amortized over 12 months. As of December 31, 2015, the average membership life was 22 months. The Company monitors factors that might affect the estimated average membership life including retention trends, attrition trends, membership sales volumes, membership composition, competition, and general economic conditions, and adjusts the estimate as necessary on a quarterly basis.
Fixed and intangible assets. Fixed assets are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are 30 years for building and improvements, five years for club equipment, furniture, fixtures and computer equipment and three to five years for computer software. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining period of the related lease. Payroll costs directly related to the construction or expansion of the Company’s locations are capitalized with leasehold improvements. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold is removed from the respective accounts and any gain or loss is recognized in operations. The costs related to developing web applications, developing web pages and installing or enhancing developed applications on the web servers are capitalized and classified as computer software. Web site hosting fees and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Long-lived assets, such as fixed assets and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Estimated undiscounted expected future cash flows are used to determine if an asset group is impaired, in which case, the asset’s carrying value would be reduced to its fair value, calculated considering a combination of market approach and a cost approach. In determining the recoverability of fixed assets Level 3 inputs were used in determining undiscounted cash flows, which are based on internal budgets and forecasts through the end of the life of the primary asset in the asset group which is normally the life of leasehold improvements. The most significant assumptions in those budgets and forecasts relate to estimated membership and ancillary revenue, attrition rates, discount rates, income tax rates, estimated results related to new program launches and maintenance capital expenditures, which are generally estimated at approximately 1% of total revenues depending upon the conditions and needs of a given club. If we continue to experience competitive pressure, certain assumptions may fluctuate materially. See Note 5 - Fixed Assets to our consolidated financial statements.
In the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we recorded fixed asset impairment charges of $14.6 million, $4.6 million and $714,000, respectively. The fixed asset impairment charge is included as a component of operating expenses in a separate line on our consolidated statements of operations.
Goodwill has been allocated to reporting units that closely reflect the regions served by the Company’s four trade names: New York Sports Clubs (“NYSC”), Boston Sports Clubs (“BSC”), Washington Sports Clubs (“WSC”) and Philadelphia Sports Clubs (“PSC”), with certain more remote clubs that do not benefit from a regional cluster being considered single reporting units (“Outlier Clubs”), the Company’s three clubs located in Switzerland being considered a single reporting unit (“SSC”), and our BFX Studio (“studio”). As of December 31, 2015, only the SSC region has a remaining goodwill balance.
As of February 28, 2015 and February 28, 2014, we performed our annual impairment test of goodwill. The February 28, 2015 annual impairment test supported the recorded goodwill balance and as such no impairment of goodwill was required. The February 28, 2014 annual impairment test resulted in a goodwill impairment charge of $137,000 associated with the Outlier Clubs in the nine months ended September 30, 2014.
As a result of the significant decrease in market capitalization and a decline in our current performance primarily due to existing members downgrading their memberships to those with lower monthly dues and new members enrolling at lower rates that occurred between February 28, 2015 and May 31, 2015, we performed an interim impairment test as of May 31, 2015. The determination as to whether a triggering event exists that would warrant an interim review of goodwill and whether a write-down of goodwill is necessary involves significant judgment based on our short-term and long-term projections. As a result of the May 31, 2015 interim impairment test, we concluded that there would be no remaining implied fair value of goodwill attributable to the NYSC and BSC regions. Accordingly, as of May 31, 2015, we wrote off $31.6 million of goodwill associated with these reporting units. We did not have a goodwill impairment charge in the SSC region as a result of the interim test given the profitability of this unit.

53


Table of Contents

For the May 31, 2015 and February 28, 2015 impairment tests, fair value was determined by using a weighted combination of two market-based approaches (weighted 50% collectively) and an income approach (weighted 50%), as this combination was deemed to be the most indicative of the our fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. Under the market-based approaches, we utilized information regarding the Company, the Company's industry as well as publicly available industry information to determine earnings multiples and sales multiples that are used to value our reporting units. Under the income approach, we determined fair value based on estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn, which are unobservable Level 3 inputs. The discounted estimates of future cash flows include significant management assumptions such as revenue growth rates, operating margins, weighted average cost of capital, and future economic and market conditions. The estimated weighted-average cost of capital of NYSC and SSC were 9.2% and 11.2% as of May 31, 2015, respectively, compared to 13.3% and 13.9% as of February 28, 2015. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates and operating margins, discount rates and future market conditions, among others. These assumptions were determined separately for each reporting unit. We believe our assumptions are reasonable, however, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions made for purposes of our goodwill impairment testing as of May 31, 2015 and February 28, 2015 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or margin growth rates of certain reporting units are not achieved, we may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with our next annual impairment testing or prior to that, if any such change constitutes a triggering event outside the quarter when the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result. The estimated fair value of SSC was greater than book value by 65% as of May 31, 2015 and and 84% as of February 28, 2015.
Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the fair value calculation described above related to goodwill impairment testing, we made the following assumptions. We developed long-range financial forecasts (three years) for all reporting units and assumed known changes in the existing club base. Terminal growth rates were calculated for years beyond the three year forecast. As of May 31, 2015, we used discount rates ranging from 8.2% to 11.2% and terminal growth rates ranging from 1.0% to 3.0%. As of February 28, 2015, we used discount rates ranging from 13.2% to 13.9% and terminal growth rates ranging from 0.5% to 3.0%. These assumptions are developed separately for each reporting unit.
The valuation of intangible assets requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, including revenue and market growth, operating cash flows and discount rates. We will continue to complete interim evaluations of the goodwill by reporting unit if a triggering event exists.
Legal contingencies.    In accordance with FASB guidance, we determine whether to disclose and accrue for loss contingencies based on an assessment of whether the risk of loss is remote, reasonably possible or probable. Our assessment is developed in consultation with our outside counsel and other advisors and is based on an analysis of possible outcomes under various strategies. Loss contingency assumptions involve judgments that are inherently subjective and can involve matters that are in litigation, which, by its nature are unpredictable. We believe that our assessment of the probability of loss contingencies is reasonable, but because of the subjectivity involved and the unpredictable nature of the subject matter at issue, our assessment may prove ultimately to be incorrect, which could materially impact the consolidated financial statements.
Self-insurance reserves.    We limit our exposure to casualty losses on insurance claims by maintaining liability coverage subject to specific and aggregate liability deductibles. Self-insurance losses for claims filed and claims incurred but not reported are accrued based upon a number of factors including sales estimates for each insurance year, claim amounts, claim settlements and number of claims, our historical loss experience and valuations provided by independent third-party consultants. To the extent that estimated self-insurance losses differ from actual losses realized, our insurance reserves could differ significantly and may result in either higher or lower insurance expense in future periods.
Deferred income taxes.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets represent items to be used as a tax deduction or credit in future tax returns for which a tax benefit has been recorded in the income statement. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, we consider all positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. Significant weight is given to positive and negative evidence that is objectively verifiable.
Our deferred tax asset realization assessment considers future income which considers the execution of our business plans and other expectations about future outcomes and is based on certain assumptions. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecast of future income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage our

54


Table of Contents

business. When actual results do not meet our forecasted results or there are changes to future business results, such changes can lead to a change in judgment related to the realization of the deferred tax asset.
Based on the weight of the evidence at December 31, 2104, we were projected to be in a cumulative loss position during the three year period ending in December 31, 2015, which was considered to be a significant piece of negative evidence. We determined that it was appropriate to conclude that there would be losses that are projected in the near term due to our conversion to the lower pricing model in a substantial majority of our clubs, which includes lower membership revenue. We continue to consider and make pricing adjustments in order to increase revenue while also driving membership growth. However, because the accounting guidance for income taxes considers a projection of future earnings inherently subjective, it does not carry significant weight to overcome the objectively verifiable evidence of cumulative losses in recent years. Based on these factors, most notably the projected three year cumulative loss, in the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded a $60.4 million non-cash charge to income tax expense to establish a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2015, we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance of $43.7 million against outstanding net deferred tax assets.
Tax benefits are recognized for a tax position when, in management’s judgment, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. For a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount that is judged to have a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The liability associated with unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted periodically due to changing circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law developments and new or emerging legislation. Such adjustments are recognized in the period in which they are identified. The effective tax rate includes the net impact of changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and subsequent adjustments as considered appropriate by management. The number of years with open tax audits varies by jurisdiction. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular tax matter, we believe our liability for unrecognized tax benefits is adequate. Favorable resolution of an unrecognized tax benefit could be recognized as a reduction in our tax provision and effective tax rate in the period of resolution. Unfavorable settlement of an unrecognized tax benefit or a recognized tax position under examination could increase the tax provision and effective tax rate and may require the use of cash in the period of resolution. Interest and penalties recognized on the liability for unrecognized tax benefits is recorded as income tax expense.
Inflation
Although we cannot accurately anticipate the effect of inflation on our operations, we believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Should there be periods of high inflation in the future, our results of operations or financial condition would be exposed to the effects of inflation, such as higher rents for our leases under escalation terms based on the consumer price index and higher interest expense on the variable rate portion of our debt.
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Our debt effectively bears interest at fixed and variable rates so that we are exposed to market risks resulting from interest rate fluctuations. We regularly evaluate our exposure to these risks and take measures to mitigate these risks on our consolidated financial results. We do not participate in speculative derivative trading.
Interest rates on borrowings for the 2013 Term Loan Facility are for one-month periods in the case of Eurodollar borrowings. Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to interest expense on variable rate debt. As of December 31, 2015, we had $275.4 million of outstanding borrowings under our 2013 Term Loan Facility of which $160.0 million of this variable rate debt is hedged to a fixed rate under an interest rate swap agreement. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap derivative instrument is recorded each period in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Based on the amount of our variable rate debt and our interest rate swap agreement as of December 31, 2015, a hypothetical 100 basis point interest increase would have increased our annual interest cost by approximately $940,000.
For additional information concerning the terms of our 2013 Term Loan Facility, see Note 9 — Long-Term Debt to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report.
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Our Financial Statements appear following the signature page hereto, are incorporated herein by reference and are listed in the index appearing under Item 15.
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None

55


Table of Contents

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures:    We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports filed or submitted by us under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Executive Chairman and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurances of achieving the desired controls.
As of December 31, 2015, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Executive Chairman and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures defined above. Based upon that evaluation, our Executive Chairman and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting: Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Executive Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our management’s assessment using those criteria, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.
Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, as stated in their attestation report included following the signature page hereto, included in Item 15.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting: There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.    Other Information
None.

56


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information with respect to directors, executive officers and corporate governance of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to the following sections of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 (the “Proxy Statement”): “Matters to be Considered at Annual Meeting — Proposal One — Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Corporate Governance Documents,” “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Committee Membership — Audit Committee,” “Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Executive Officers,” and “Deadline for Receipt of Stockholder Proposals.”
The following are the members of our Board of Directors and our Executive Officers:
 
Board of Directors:
  
 
Patrick Walsh
  
Executive Chairman, Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. and Chief Executive Officer, PW Partners Atlas Funds, LLC
Martin Annese
  
Principal, MJA Consulting, LLC
Jason M. Fish
  
Chief Investment Officer and member, Alliance Partners, LLC
Robert Giardina
 
Former Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Town Sports International Holdings, Inc.
Thomas J. Galligan III
  
Former Executive Chairman, Papa Gino’s Holdings Corp.
Spencer Wells
 
Partner, Drivetrain Advisors, LLC
 
  
 
Executive Officers:
  
 
Patrick Walsh
  
Executive Chairman
Gregory Bartoli
  
Chief Operating Officer
Carolyn Spatafora
 
Chief Financial Officer
Michelle Ryan
 
Chief Marketing Officer
Nitin Ajmera
 
Senior Vice President — Shared Services and Controller
Item 11.     Executive Compensation
The information with respect to executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the following sections of the Proxy Statement: “Executive Compensation.”
The information with respect to compensation of directors is incorporated herein by reference to the following section of the Proxy Statement: “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Directors’ Compensation for the 2015 Fiscal Year.”
Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information about securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to the following section of the Proxy Statement: "Executive Compensation - Equity Compensation Plan Information."
The information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference to the following section of the Proxy Statement: “Ownership of Securities.”
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence is incorporated herein by reference to the following sections of the Proxy Statement: “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Director Independence.”
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information with respect to principal accountant fees and services is incorporated herein by reference to the following section of the Proxy Statement: “Matters to be Considered at Annual Meeting — Proposal Two — Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

57


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15.    Exhibits And Financial Statements
(a)    Financial Statements
(1)    Financial statements filed as part of this report:
 
 
 
 
 
  
 Page Number
Consolidated Annual Financial Statements of Town Sports International Holdings, Inc:
  
 
 
 
 
  
F-2
 
 
 
  
F-3
 
 
 
  
F-4
 
 
 
  
F-5
 
 
 
  
F-6
 
 
 
  
F-7
 
 
 
  
F-8
(2)    Financial Statements Schedules:
The schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information has been included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
(3)    Exhibits. See Item 15(b) below.
(b)    Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Index to Exhibits immediately following page F-37 of this Annual Report.


58


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 7, 2016.
 
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
By:
 
 
/s/    PATRICK WALSH
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Chairman
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature
  
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/    PATRICK WALSH
 
Executive Chairman
 
March 7, 2016
 
 
Patrick Walsh
 
(principal executive officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/    CAROLYN SPATAFORA
  
Chief Financial Officer
 
March 7, 2016
 
 
Carolyn Spatafora
 
(principal financial and accounting officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/    MARTIN ANNESE
  
Director
 
March 7, 2016
 
 
Martin Annese
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/    JASON M. FISH
  
Director
 
March 7, 2016
 
 
Jason M. Fish
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/    ROBERT GIARDINA
  
Director
 
March 7, 2016
 
 
Robert Giardina
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/    THOMAS J. GALLIGAN III
  
Director
 
March 7, 2016
 
 
Thomas J. Galligan III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/    L. SPENCER WELLS
  
Director
 
March 7, 2016
 
 
L. Spencer Wells
 
 
 
 


59


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
Page
Consolidated Annual Financial Statements of Town Sports International Holdings, Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Town Sports International Holdings, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/    PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
New York, New York
March 7, 2016


F-2


Table of Contents

TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014
(All figures in thousands except share and per share data)
 
 
2015
 
2014
ASSETS



Current assets:



Cash and cash equivalents
$
76,217


$
93,452

Accounts receivable, net
1,923


3,656

Inventory
337


573

Deferred tax assets
1,549


724

Prepaid corporate income taxes
6,895


11,588

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
13,170


12,893

Total current assets
100,091


122,886

Fixed assets, net
195,341


233,644

Goodwill
1,025


32,593

Intangible assets, net
171


394

Deferred tax assets
219



Deferred membership costs
3,029


7,396

Other assets
5,484


12,920

Total assets
$
305,360


$
409,833

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT



Current liabilities:



Current portion of long-term debt
$
2,810


$
3,114

Accounts payable
2,615


2,873

Accrued expenses
26,039


26,702

Accrued interest
129


376

Dividends payable
90


291

Deferred revenue
40,225


36,950

Deferred tax liabilities
236

 
300

Total current liabilities
72,144


70,606

Long-term debt
266,189


296,757

Building financing arrangement


83,400

Dividends payable
28


211

Deferred lease liabilities
51,136


53,847

Deferred tax liabilities
1,593


11,999

Deferred revenue
319


2,455

Other liabilities
10,196


8,642

Total liabilities
401,605


527,917

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 16)



Stockholders’ deficit:



Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares issued and outstanding at both December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014





Common stock, $0.001 par value; issued and outstanding 24,818,786 and 24,322,249 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
24


24

Additional paid-in capital
(8,386
)

(10,055
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
(523
)

395

Accumulated deficit
(87,360
)

(108,448
)
Total stockholders’ deficit
(96,245
)

(118,084
)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
$
305,360


$
409,833

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(All figures in thousands except share and per share data)
 

2015

2014

2013
Revenues:





Club operations
$
418,069


$
447,871


$
464,240

Fees and other
6,254


5,971


5,985

 
424,323


453,842


470,225

Operating Expenses:





Payroll and related
175,898


177,009


174,894

Club operating
196,725


192,716


179,683

General and administrative
30,683


31,352


28,431

Depreciation and amortization
47,887


47,307


49,099

Impairment of fixed assets
14,571

 
4,569

 
714

Impairment of goodwill
31,558

 
137

 

Gain on sale of building
(77,146
)
 

 

Gain on lease termination
(2,967
)
 

 

Insurance recovery related to damaged property

 

 
(3,194
)
 
417,209


453,090


429,627

Operating income
7,114


752


40,598

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
(17,911
)

493


750

Interest expense
20,579


19,039


22,617

Interest income




(1
)
Equity in the earnings of investees and rental income
(2,361
)

(2,402
)

(2,459
)
Income (loss) before (benefit) provision for corporate income taxes
6,807


(16,378
)

19,691

(Benefit) provision for corporate income taxes
(14,351
)

52,611


7,367

Net income (loss)
$
21,158


$
(68,989
)

$
12,324

Earnings (loss) per share:





Basic
$
0.86


$
(2.84
)

$
0.51

Diluted
$
0.84


$
(2.84
)

$
0.50

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating earnings (loss) per share:





Basic
24,630,898


24,266,407


24,031,533

Diluted
25,114,057


24,266,407


24,736,961

Dividends declared per common share
$


$
0.32


$
0.16













See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(All figures in thousands)
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Net income (loss)
$
21,158

 
$
(68,989
)
 
$
12,324

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $0 for the years ended in both December 31, 2015 and 2014, and ($49) for the year ended December 31, 2013
(165
)
 
(545
)
 
68

Interest rate swap, net of tax of $0 for the years ended in both December 31, 2015 and 2014, and ($583) for the year ended in December 31, 2013
(753
)
 
(1,112
)
 
758

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(918
)
 
(1,657
)
 
826

Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
20,240

 
$
(70,646
)
 
$
13,150








































See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(All figures in thousands except share and per share data)
 
Common Stock
($.001 par)
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
 
Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit) Equity
 
Shares
 
Amount  
 
Balance at December 31, 2012
23,813,106

 
24

 
(16,326
)
 
1,226

 
(40,420
)
 
(55,496
)
Stock option exercises
135,786

 

 
600

 

 

 
600

Common stock grants
29,562

 

 
305

 

 

 
305

Restricted stock grants
178,500

 

 

 

 

 

Cancellation of options

 

 
(80
)
 

 

 
(80
)
Forfeiture of restricted stock
(84,249
)
 

 

 

 

 

Compensation related to stock options and restricted stock grants

 

 
1,899

 

 

 
1,899

Tax shortfall from stock option exercises and restricted stock vesting

 

 
(244
)
 

 

 
(244
)
Dividends declared on common stock

 

 

 

 
(3,850
)
 
(3,850
)
Dividend forfeitures

 

 

 

 
200

 
200

Net income

 

 

 

 
12,324

 
12,324

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 
758

 

 
758

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 
68

 

 
68

Balance at December 31, 2013
24,072,705

 
24

 
(13,846
)
 
2,052

 
(31,746
)
 
(43,516
)
Stock option exercises
73,043

 

 
133

 

 

 
133

Common stock grants
21,248

 

 
245

 

 

 
245

Restricted stock grants
196,500

 

 

 

 

 

Cancellation of options

 

 
(71
)
 

 

 
(71
)
Forfeiture of restricted stock
(41,247
)
 

 

 

 

 

Compensation related to stock options and restricted stock grants

 

 
1,666

 

 

 
1,666

Tax benefit from stock option exercises and restricted stock vesting, net

 

 
1,613

 

 

 
1,613

Tax benefit on dividend payments

 

 
205

 

 

 
205

Dividends declared on common stock

 

 

 

 
(7,736
)
 
(7,736
)
Dividend forfeitures

 

 

 

 
23

 
23

Net loss

 

 

 

 
(68,989
)
 
(68,989
)
Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 
(1,112
)
 

 
(1,112
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 
(545
)
 

 
(545
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
24,322,249

 
24

 
(10,055
)
 
395

 
(108,448
)
 
(118,084
)
Stock option exercises
171,718

 

 
283

 

 

 
283

Common stock grants
67,609

 

 
445

 

 

 
445

Restricted stock grants
507,000

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeiture of restricted stock
(249,790
)
 

 

 

 

 

Compensation related to stock options and restricted stock grants

 

 
941

 

 

 
941

Dividend forfeitures

 

 

 

 
176

 
176

Net income

 

 

 

 
21,158

 
21,158

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 
(753
)
 

 
(753
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 
(165
)
 

 
(165
)
Dividend related to registration rights

 

 

 

 
(246
)
 
(246
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
24,818,786

 
$
24

 
$
(8,386
)
 
$
(523
)
 
$
(87,360
)
 
$
(96,245
)


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(All figures in thousands)

2015

2014

2013
Cash flows from operating activities:





Net income (loss)
$
21,158

 
$
(68,989
)
 
$
12,324

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
47,887

 
47,307

 
49,099

Insurance recovery related to damaged property

 

 
(3,194
)
Impairment of fixed assets
14,571

 
4,569

 
714

Impairment of goodwill
31,558

 
137

 

Gain on sale of building
(77,146
)
 

 

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
(17,911
)
 
493

 
750

Amortization of debt discount
1,288

 
1,304

 
996

Amortization of debt issuance costs
778

 
627

 
1,153

Amortization of building financing costs
124

 
31

 

Noncash rental income, net of non-cash rental expense
(3,647
)
 
(5,399
)
 
(5,692
)
Share-based compensation expense
1,386

 
1,911

 
2,204

Net change in deferred taxes
(11,519
)
 
40,129

 
6,120

Net change in certain operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions
9,185

 
(20,994
)
 
898

Decrease in membership costs
4,367

 
1,329

 
2,086

Landlord contributions to tenant improvements
1,288

 
1,684

 
1,472

Increase (decrease) in insurance reserves
1,087

 
482

 
(929
)
Other
416

 
137

 
(613
)
Total adjustments
3,712

 
73,747

 
55,064

Net cash provided by operating activities
24,870

 
4,758

 
67,388

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
(30,471
)
 
(42,054
)
 
(30,861
)
Change in restricted cash
(1,100
)
 

 

Acquisition of businesses

 

 
(2,939
)
Insurance recovery related to damaged property

 

 
3,194

Net cash used in investing activities
(31,571
)
 
(42,054
)
 
(30,606
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from building financing arrangement
4,000

 
83,400

 

Building financing arrangement costs

 
(3,160
)
 

Principal payments on 2013 Term Loan Facility
(3,038
)
 
(16,716
)
 

Proceeds from 2013 Senior Credit Facility, net of original issue discount

 

 
323,375

Repayment of 2011 Senior Credit Facility

 

 
(315,743
)
Repurchase of 2013 Term Loan Facility
(10,947
)
 

 

Term loan issuance and amendment related financing costs

 

 
(4,356
)
Debt issuance and debt amendment costs
(350
)
 

 
(763
)
Cash dividends paid
(213
)
 
(7,877
)
 
(4,088
)
Redemption paid pursuant to the Rights Plan
(246
)
 

 

Proceeds from stock option exercises
283

 
133

 
600

Tax benefit from restricted stock vesting

 
1,723

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(10,511
)
 
57,503

 
(975
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
(23
)
 
(353
)
 
33

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(17,235
)
 
19,854

 
35,840

Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period
93,452

 
73,598

 
37,758

Cash and cash equivalents end of period
$
76,217

 
$
93,452

 
$
73,598

Summary of the change in certain operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease in accounts receivable
$
1,446

 
$
25

 
$
2,859

Decrease (increase) in inventory
219

 
(101
)
 
(36
)
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets
596

 
(1,549
)
 
(1,278
)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued interest
1,011

 
(9,856
)
 
3,089

Change in prepaid corporate income taxes and corporate income taxes payable
4,774

 
(12,773
)
 
1,604

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue
1,139

 
3,260

 
(5,340
)
Net change in certain working capital components
$
9,185

 
$
(20,994
)
 
$
898


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands except share and per share data)
1.    Basis of Presentation
As of December 31, 2015, Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” or “TSI Holdings”), through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Town Sports International, LLC (“TSI, LLC”), operated 152 fitness clubs (“Clubs”) and three BFX Studio (“studio”) locations. The clubs are composed of 105 clubs in the New York metropolitan market under the “New York Sports Clubs” brand name, 27 clubs in the Boston market under the “Boston Sports Clubs” brand name, 12 clubs (one of which is partly-owned) in the Washington, D.C. market under the “Washington Sports Clubs” brand name, five clubs in the Philadelphia market under the “Philadelphia Sports Clubs” brand name and three clubs in Switzerland. We also have one partly-owned club that operated under a different brand name in Washington, D.C. as of December 31, 2015.
The Company has been experiencing declining revenue from members for several years as the fitness industry continues to be highly competitive in the geographic regions in which the Company competes. New members have been joining at lower monthly rates and cancellations of members paying higher rates, primarily from the conversion to the lower pricing model, will continue to negatively impact our liquidity if these trends are not reversed. In response to this, the Company initiated cost savings initiatives in 2015 that have continued into fiscal 2016 to help mitigate the impact the decline in revenue has had on its profitability and cash flow from operations. The Company also purchased $29,829 principal amount of its debt at a significant discount in 2015.
The Company’s ability to fund operations and capital expenditures in 2016 is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash from operations coupled with cash on hand. The Company believes it has sufficient liquidity from a combination of cash on hand and cash to be generated from operations during 2016 to fund anticipated capital expenditures and currently scheduled debt service for the year ending December 31, 2016. As further described in Note 9 - Long-Term Debt, the Company maintains a senior credit facility with its lenders which contains a term loan facility and a revolving loan facility. The terms of the senior credit facility include a financial covenant under which the Company is currently not able to utilize more than 25%, or $11,250, of the revolving loan facility. The Company will continue not to be able to utilize more than 25% of the revolving loan facility until it has a total leverage ratio, as defined, of no greater than 4.50:1.00. The revolving loan facility is scheduled to mature in November 2018. Based upon the Company’s current cash balance as of December 31, 2015 of $76,217 and projected cash from operations, the Company does not anticipate the need to utilize the revolving loan facility during 2016.
The Company may consider additional actions within its control, including the sale of certain assets, additional club closures and entering into arrangements with revenue generating partnerships, some which may utilize a “shop-in-shop” concept. The Company may also consider additional strategic alternatives including opportunities to reduce TSI LLC’s existing debt and further cost savings initiatives, among other possibilities. The Company’s ability to continue to meet its obligations beyond 2016 is dependent on its ability to generate positive cash flow from a combination of initiatives, including those mentioned above. Failure to successfully implement these initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our operations and we would need to implement alternative plans that could include additional asset sales, additional reductions in operating costs, deferral of capital expenditures, further reductions in working capital and debt restructurings. There can be no assurance that such alternatives would be available to the Company or that the Company would be successful in their implementation.
2.    Correction of Accounting Errors
The results for the year ended December 31, 2013 include the correction of deferred lease receivables and rental income resulting in an increase in rental income from subtenants and a related increase in deferred lease receivable in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and consolidated balance sheet, respectively. This correction resulted in the recognition of Fees and other revenue in the year ended December 31, 2013 of $424 that relates to 2012. The Company does not believe that this error correction is material to 2013.
The results for the year ended December 31, 2013 also include the correction of errors that resulted in an increase in tax benefits for corporate income taxes and a related increase in deferred tax assets in our consolidated statement of operations and consolidated balance sheet, respectively. In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company identified corrections related to temporary differences in fixed assets for state depreciation resulting in the recognition of an income tax benefit of $225. Also, in the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company identified corrections related to temporary differences in landlord allowances resulting in the recognition of out of period expense of $209 for a net benefit to the Provision for corporate income taxes of $16 in the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company does not believe that either error correction is material to 2013.

F-8


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


3.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TSI Holdings and all wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Revenue Recognition
The Company completed the introduction of a lower pricing model to a substantial majority of its clubs in the second quarter of 2015, offering reduced monthly dues. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 80% of its clubs were operating under this pricing model, with the remaining clubs principally comprising the Company's passport-only model. The revenue recognition related to monthly dues revenue was not impacted by the change in membership pricing strategy.
The Company generally receives one-time non-refundable joining fees and monthly dues from its members. The Company offers both month-to-month and one-year commit memberships. Members can cancel their membership at any time for a fee. Membership dues are recognized in the period in which access to the club is provided.
The Premier Membership allow members unlimited use of a single “home club”. Premier members can also elect to pay a per visit fee to use non-home clubs. These usage fees are recorded to membership revenue in the month the usage occurs. Usage fees recorded were $719, $2,248 and $2,126 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Initiation and processing fees, as well as related direct and incremental expenses of membership acquisition, which include sales commissions, bonuses and related taxes and benefits, are deferred and recognized, on a straight-line basis, in operations over the estimated average membership life or 12 months to the extent these costs are related to the first annual fee paid at the time of enrollment. Annual fees are amortized over 12 months. Deferred membership costs were $3,029 and $7,396 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Prior to introducing the new pricing strategy, the Company tracked membership life of restricted members separately from unrestricted members. Restricted members primarily include students and teachers (“Restricted Members”). This membership was discontinued as clubs transitioned to the lower pricing model and therefore the Company now aggregates all members for purposes of tracking average membership life. The estimated average membership life was 22 months as of both December 31, 2015 and 2014. The estimated average membership life for unrestricted members was 25 months during the quarter ended March 31, 2013, 24 months during the quarter ended June 30, 2013, and 25 months for the second half of 2013. The estimated average membership life for Restricted Members was 27 months during the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and 28 months for the last three quarters of 2013. The Company monitors factors that might affect the estimated average membership life including retention trends, attrition trends, membership sales volumes, membership composition, competition, and general economic conditions, and adjusts the estimate as necessary on a quarterly basis.
Revenues from ancillary services, such as personal training sessions, are recognized as services are performed. Unused personal training sessions expire after a set, disclosed period of time after purchase and are not refundable or redeemable by the member for cash. The State of New York has informed the Company that it is considering whether the Company is required to remit the amount collected for unused, expired personal training sessions to the State of New York as unclaimed property. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had approximately $14,968 and $15,207, respectively, of unused and expired personal training sessions. We have not recognized any revenue from these sessions and have recorded the amounts as deferred revenue. The Company does not believe that these amounts are subject to the escheatment or abandoned property laws of any jurisdiction, including the State of New York. However, it is possible that one or more of these jurisdictions may not agree with the Company’s position and may claim that the Company must remit all or a portion of these amounts to such jurisdictions.
 
In addition to the prepaid personal training sessions the Company also offers a personal training membership product which consists of single or multi-session packages ranging from one to 16 sessions per month. These sessions provided by the membership product are at a discount to our stand-alone session pricing and must be used in each respective month. Members who purchase this product commit to a three month period and revenue is recognized ratably over this period.
The Company generates management fees from certain club facilities that are not wholly-owned. Management fees earned for services rendered are recognized at the time the related services are performed. These managed sites include three fitness clubs located in colleges and universities and nine managed sites. Revenue generated from managed sites were $1,802, $1,502 and $796 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-9


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


When a revenue agreement involves multiple elements, such as sales of both memberships and services in one arrangement or potentially multiple arrangements, the entire fee from the arrangement is allocated to each respective element based on its relative fair value and recognized when the revenue recognition criteria for each element is met.
The Company recognizes revenue from merchandise sales upon delivery to the member.
In connection with advance receipts of fees or dues, the Company was required to maintain bonds totaling $3,900 and $2,540 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, pursuant to various state consumer protection laws.
Advertising and Club Pre-opening Costs
Advertising costs and club pre-opening costs are charged to operations during the period in which they are incurred, except for production costs related to television and radio advertisements, which are expensed when the related commercials are first aired. Total advertising costs incurred by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 totaled $11,057, $7,903 and $5,943, respectively and are included in Club operating expenses.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid instruments which have original maturities of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value. The Company owns and operates a captive insurance company in the State of New York. Under the insurance laws of the State of New York, this captive insurance company is required to maintain a cash balance of at least $250. Cash related to this wholly-owned subsidiary of $275 and $274 are included in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Deferred Lease Liabilities, Non-cash Rental Expense and Additional Rent
The Company recognizes rental expense for leases with scheduled rent increases and inclusive of rental concessions, on the straight-line basis over the life of the lease beginning upon the commencement date of the lease. Rent concessions, primarily received in the form of free rental periods, are also deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.
The Company leases office, warehouse and multi-recreational facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. In addition to base rent, the facility leases generally provide for additional rent to cover common area maintenance charges incurred and to pass along increases in real estate taxes. The Company accrues for any unpaid common area maintenance charges and real estate taxes on a club-by-club basis.
Upon entering into certain leases, the Company receives construction allowances from the landlord. These construction allowances are recorded as deferred lease liability credits on the balance sheet when the requirements for these allowances are met as stated in the respective lease and are amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the lease. Amortization of deferred construction allowances were $2,920, $2,771 and $3,310 as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Certain leases provide for contingent rent based upon defined formulas of revenue, cash flows or operating results for the respective facilities. These contingent rent payments typically call for additional rent payments calculated as a percentage of the respective club’s revenue or a percentage of revenue in excess of defined break-points during a specified year. The Company records contingent rent expense over the related contingent rental period at the time the respective contingent targets are probable of being met.
Lease termination gains and losses are recognized at fair value based at the expected settlement amount with the landlord when the Company terminates the contract before the lease termination date. The Company recorded $1,550 and $1,482 of lease termination penalties in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which was included in Club operating expenses in the accompanying statements of operations. The Company did not incur any lease termination penalties in the year ended December 31, 2013. In November 2015, the Company also received one-time gross proceeds of $3,090 from a landlord related to the termination of a future lease for a planned club opening that was not yet effective, which resulted in a net gain on lease termination of $2,967 in the year ended December 31, 2015. This net gain on lease termination was included in a separate line item on the accompanying statements of operations. In the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded a $1,442 net occupancy gain related to the 2014 club closures which includes penalty payments to landlords and the write-offs of deferred rent at clubs with early terminations. This net occupancy gain was included in Club operating expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

F-10


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable consists of amounts due from the Company’s membership base and was $4,971 and $6,206 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, before the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make required payments. The Company considers factors such as: historical collection experience, the age of the receivable balance and general economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay.
Following are the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Balance Beginning
of the Year
 
Additions
 
Write-offs Net of
Recoveries
 
Balance at
End of Year
December 31, 2015
$
2,511

 
$
11,237

 
$
(10,615
)
 
$
3,133

December 31, 2014
$
2,309

 
$
9,826

 
$
(9,624
)
 
$
2,511

December 31, 2013
$
3,249

 
$
8,335

 
$
(9,275
)
 
$
2,309

Inventory
Inventory consists of supplies, headsets for the club entertainment system, clothing and other items for sale to members. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market by the first-in, first-out method.
Fixed Assets
Fixed assets are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are 30 years for building and improvements, five years for club equipment, furniture, fixtures and computer equipment and three to five years for computer software. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining period of the related lease. Payroll costs directly related to the construction or expansion of the Company’s club and studio base are capitalized with leasehold improvements. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold is removed from the respective accounts and any gain or loss is recognized in operations. The costs related to developing web applications, developing web pages and installing or enhancing developed applications on the web servers are capitalized and classified as computer software. Web site hosting fees and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Intangible Assets and Debt Issuance Costs
Intangible assets are stated at cost and amortized by the straight-line method over their respective estimated lives. Intangible assets currently consist of membership lists, management contracts and trade names. Membership lists are amortized over the estimated average membership life, currently at 22 months, management contracts are amortized over their current contractual lives of between nine and 11 years and trade names are amortized over their estimated useful lives of between 10 and 20 years.
Debt issuance costs are classified within other assets and are being amortized as additional interest expense over the life of the underlying debt, five to seven years, using the interest method. Amortization of debt issue costs was $778, $627 and $1,153, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Building financing costs were classified within other assets and were being amortized as additional interest expense over the life of the underlying financing arrangement, 25 years, using the interest method. Amortization of building financing costs was $124 and $31 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The balance of building financing costs of $3,005 was written off in December 2015 in connection with the termination of the future lease, which was included in Gain on sale of building in the accompanying statements of operations.

F-11


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Fair Value Measurements
Accounting guidance on fair value measurements specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.
Level 3 — Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.
This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill
Long-lived assets, such as fixed assets and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Estimated undiscounted expected future cash flows are used to determine if an asset group is impaired, in which case the asset carrying value would be reduced to its fair value, calculated considering a combination of market approach and a cost approach. In determining the recoverability of fixed assets Level 3 inputs were used in determining undiscounted cash flows, which are based on internal budgets and forecasts through the end of the life of the primary asset in the asset group which is normally the life of leasehold improvements. The most significant assumptions in those budgets and forecasts relate to estimated membership and ancillary revenue, attrition rates, discount rates, income tax rates, estimated results related to new program launches and maintenance capital expenditures, which are generally estimated at approximately 1% of total revenues depending upon the conditions and needs of a given club. If the Company continues to experience competitive pressure, certain assumptions may not be accurate.
Goodwill represents the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of the net identifiable business assets acquired in the acquisition of a club or group of clubs. Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-20, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, requires goodwill to be tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances, and written down when impaired. The Company’s impairment review process compares the fair value of the reporting unit in which the goodwill resides to its carrying value.
Goodwill impairment testing is a two-step process. Prior to performing this two-step process, companies also have the option to apply a qualitative approach to assess goodwill for impairment. Under the qualitative approach, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. Companies that do not elect to perform the qualitative approach may proceed directly to the two-step process. Step 1 involves comparing the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units to their carrying amounts. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the reporting unit’s carrying amount is greater than the estimated fair value, the second step must be completed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Step 2 calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the estimated fair value of all tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, of the reporting unit from the estimated fair value of the reporting unit as determined in Step 1. The implied fair value of goodwill determined in this step is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recognized equal to the difference. The Company performs this analysis annually as of the last day of February and in the interim if a triggering event occurs. The Company’s goodwill impairment tests as of May 31, 2015 and February 28, 2015 were performed using the two-step goodwill impairment analysis.
For the May 31, 2015 and February 28, 2015 impairment tests, fair value was determined by using a weighted combination of two market-based approaches (weighted 50% collectively) and an income approach (weighted 50%), as this combination was deemed to be the most indicative of the Company’s fair value in an orderly transaction between market

F-12


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


participants. Under the market-based approaches, the Company utilized information regarding the Company, the Company’s industry as well as publicly available industry information to determine earnings multiples and sales multiples that are used to value the Company’s reporting units. Under the income approach, the Company determined fair value based on estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn, which are unobservable Level 3 inputs. The discounted estimates of future cash flows include significant management assumptions such as revenue growth rates, operating margins, weighted average cost of capital, and future economic and market conditions. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates and operating margins, discount rates and future market conditions, among others. These assumptions were determined separately for each reporting unit.
Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the fair value calculation described above related to goodwill impairment testing, the Company developed long-range financial forecasts (three years) for all reporting units and assumed known changes in the existing club base. Terminal growth rates were calculated for years beyond the three year forecast.
Insurance
The Company obtains insurance coverage for significant exposures as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. The Company retains a portion of risk internally related to general liability losses. Where the Company retains risk, provisions are recorded based upon the Company’s estimates of its ultimate exposure for claims, which are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations. The provisions are estimated using actuarial analysis based on claims experience, an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported and other relevant factors. In this connection, under the provision of the deductible agreement related to the payment and administration of the Company’s insurance claims, we are required to maintain irrevocable letters of credit, totaling $615 as of December 31, 2015.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The most significant assumptions and estimates relate to the useful lives of long-term assets, recoverability and impairment of fixed and intangible assets, deferred income tax valuation, valuation of and expense incurred in connection with stock options, valuation of interest-rate swap arrangements, insurance reserves, legal contingencies and the estimated average membership life.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. The Company also recognizes deferred tax in relation to the U.S. taxes on the total cumulative earnings of the Company's Swiss clubs. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined on the basis of the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities (“temporary differences”) at enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. Based on the weight of the evidence at December 31, 2014, the Company was projected to be in a cumulative loss during the three year period ending in December 31, 2015, which was considered a significant piece of negative evidence, the Company recorded a $60,368 non-cash charge to income tax expense to establish a full valuation allowance against its U.S. net deferred tax assets in the fourth quarter of 2014. As of December 31, 2015, the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance of $43,681 against outstanding net deferred tax assets.
The guidance related to accounting for uncertain tax positions prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

F-13


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Statements of Cash Flows
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014

2013
Cash paid:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid (net of amounts capitalized)
$
16,749

 
$
17,103

 
$
19,744

Income taxes paid
$
105

 
$
23,553

 
$
390

Cash received:
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes refund
$
7,768

 
$

 
$
388

Noncash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of fixed assets included in accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
2,031

 
$
4,822

 
$
5,789

Note: Interest includes cash payments under Initial Lease resulting from the sale of the East 86th Street property.  See Notes 9 and 10 for additional noncash financing activities.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including changes in the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instrument and foreign currency translation adjustments. The Company presents accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income in its consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.
The Company uses a derivative financial instrument to limit exposure to changes in interest rates on the Company’s existing term loan facility. The derivative financial instrument is recorded at fair value on the balance sheet and changes in the fair value are either recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (a component of shareholders’ equity) or net income depending on the nature of the underlying exposure, whether the hedge is formally designated as a hedge, and if designated, the extent to which the hedge is effective. The Company’s derivative financial instrument has been designated as a cash flow hedge. See Note 11 — Derivative Financial Instruments for more information on the Company’s risk management program and derivatives.
At December 31, 2015, the Company owned three Swiss clubs, which use the Swiss Franc, their local currency, as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates, while income and expense items are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for the period. For all periods presented, foreign exchange transaction gains and losses were not material. Adjustments resulting from the translation of foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in the currency translation adjustment in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ (deficit) equity and the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income. The effect of foreign exchange translation adjustments was $(165), net of tax of $0; $(545), net of tax of $0 and $68, net of tax of $49, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and the interest rate swap. Although the Company deposits its cash with more than one financial institution, as of December 31, 2015, $64,824 of the cash balance of $76,217 was held at two financial institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalent accounts to date, and the Company believes that, based on the credit ratings of these financial institutions, it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash at this time.
The counterparty to the Company’s interest rate swap is a major banking institution with a credit rating of investment grade or better and no collateral is required, and there are no significant risk concentrations. The Company believes the risk of incurring losses on derivative contracts related to credit risk is unlikely.

F-14


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share ("EPS") is computed by dividing net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average numbers of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed similarly to basic EPS, except that the denominator is increased for the assumed exercise of dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock calculated using the treasury stock method.
The following table summarizes the weighted average common shares for basic and diluted EPS computations.
 
 
For The Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Net income (loss)
$
21,158

 
$
(68,989
)
 
$
12,324

Weighted average number of common share outstanding — basic
24,630,898

 
24,266,407

 
24,031,533

Effect of dilutive share-based awards
483,159

 

 
705,428

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
25,114,057

 
24,266,407

 
24,736,961

Earnings (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.86

 
$
(2.84
)
 
$
0.51

Diluted
$
0.84

 
$
(2.84
)
 
$
0.50

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2013, we did not include options to purchase 276,846 and 269,992 shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively, in the calculations of diluted EPS because the exercise prices of those options were greater than the average market price and their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2014, there was no effect of diluted stock options and unvested restricted common stock on the calculation of diluted EPS as the Company had a net loss for this periods. There would have been 378,285 anti-dilutive shares had the Company not been in a net loss position for this period.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be treated as compensation and recognized in the consolidated financial statements. We record share-based payment awards at fair value on the grant date of the awards, based on the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The assumptions in the Black-Scholes model include risk-free interest rate, the Company's expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, expected term of the award, and dividend yield. The fair value of the restricted stock awards is based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.
4.    Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”. This amendment requires deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this standard will have on its financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”. This standard changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in the financial statements to present such costs as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of debt issuance costs will be reported as interest expense. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15, “Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements”. ASU 2015-15 clarifies that the U.S. Securities Exchange and Commission would not object to the deferral and presentation of debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequent amortization of debt issuance costs over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, whether or there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. These standards are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

F-15


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 35-40): Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement.” This ASU provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If an arrangement includes a software license, the accounting for the license will be consistent with licenses of other intangible assets. If the arrangement does not include a license, the arrangement will be accounted for as a service contract. ASU 2015-05 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect this standard will have on its financial statements.
In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, “Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items.” This guidance eliminates the concept of extraordinary items from GAAP. As a result, an entity will no longer be required to segregate extraordinary items from the results of ordinary operations, to separately present an extraordinary item on its income statement, net of tax, after income from continuing operations or to disclose income taxes and earnings-per-share data applicable to an extraordinary item. However, the ASU does not affect the reporting and disclosure requirements for an event that is unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.
In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, “Derivatives and Hedging” (Topic 815): “Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity, which provides guidance on identifying whether the nature of the host contract in a hybrid instrument is in the form of debt or equity”. This standard requires management to consider the stated and implied substantive terms and features of the hybrid financial instrument, including the embedded derivative features, in order to determine whether the nature of the host contract is more akin to debt or to equity. The ASU is effective for annual periods and interim periods with those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.” The standard requires management to evaluate, at each annual and interim reporting period, the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued and provide related disclosures. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company on a prospective basis for the annual period ending December 31, 2016 and is not expected to have a material effect on its financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. The standard provides a single, comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers and supersedes current revenue recognition guidance. The revenue standard contains principles that an entity will apply to determine the measurement of revenue and timing of when it is recognized. The underlying principle is that an entity will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers at an amount that the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also includes enhanced disclosures which are significantly more comprehensive than those in existing revenue standards. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606): “Deferral of the Effective Date”, which defers the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 for all entities by one year, to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption will be permitted for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The standard allows for either “full retrospective” adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all of the periods presented, or “modified retrospective” adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. The Company is evaluating the impact of this standard on its financial statements.

F-16


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


5.    Fixed Assets
Fixed assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are shown at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization and are summarized below:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
Leasehold improvements
$
498,394

 
$
491,401

Club equipment
105,998

 
105,486

Furniture, fixtures and computer equipment
69,383

 
65,373

Computer software
24,047

 
22,071

Building and improvements

 
4,995

Land

 
986

Construction in progress
4,882

 
12,740

 
702,704

 
703,052

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(507,363
)
 
(469,408
)
 
$
195,341

 
$
233,644

Depreciation and leasehold amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, was $47,664, $46,794 and $48,785, respectively.
Fixed assets are evaluated for impairment periodically whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that related carrying amounts may not be recoverable from undiscounted cash flows in accordance with FASB guidance. The Company’s long-lived assets and liabilities are grouped at the individual club level which is the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows. To the extent that estimated future undiscounted net cash flows attributable to the assets are less than the carrying amount, an impairment charge equal to the difference between the carrying value of such asset and their fair values is recognized.
In the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company tested its underperforming clubs and recorded impairment charges of $14,571 on leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures at eighteen clubs that experienced decreased profitability and sales levels below expectations during this period. These charges were recorded within the Clubs segment. The remaining clubs tested that did not have impairment charges had an aggregate of $26,593 of net leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures remaining as of December 31, 2015.
In the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded impairment charges totaling $4,569 related to nine underperforming clubs. In the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded impairment charges totaling $714 related to three underperforming clubs.
The following table presents the long-lived assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for the period ended December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
Basis of Fair Value Measurements
 
Fair Value
of Assets
(Liabilities)
 
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Items (Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
 
Significant Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
December 31, 2015
$
14,571

 
$

 
$

 
$
14,571

December 31, 2014
$
4,569

 
$

 
$

 
$
4,569

6.    Acquisitions
The following acquisitions were completed in the year ended December 31, 2013 and were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB guidance. Under the acquisition method, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. None of the acquisitions individually or in the aggregate were material to the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company; therefore pro forma financial information has not been presented. The results of operations of

F-17


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


the clubs acquired have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the respective dates of acquisition.
Acquisition on March 15, 2013
On March 15, 2013, the Company acquired an existing fitness club in Manhattan, New York for a purchase price of $560. The purchase price allocation resulted in fixed assets related to leasehold improvements of $458, definite lived intangible assets related to member lists of $102 and a deferred revenue liability of $56, for a net cash purchase price of $504. Acquisition costs incurred in connection with this acquisition in the year ended December 31, 2013 were approximately $95 and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Acquisition on May 17, 2013
On May 17, 2013, the Company acquired all of the Fitcorp clubs in Boston, which includes five clubs and four managed sites for a purchase price of $3,175 and a net cash purchase price of $2,435. Acquisition costs incurred in connection with the Fitcorp acquisition in the year ended December 31, 2013 were approximately $231 and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
7.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill has been allocated to reporting units that closely reflect the regions served by the Company’s four trade names: New York Sports Clubs (“NYSC”), Boston Sports Clubs (“BSC”), Washington Sports Clubs (“WSC”) and Philadelphia Sports Clubs (“PSC”), with certain more remote clubs that do not benefit from a regional cluster being considered single reporting units (“Outlier Clubs”), the Company’s three clubs located in Switzerland being considered a single reporting unit (“SSC”), and our BFX Studio (“studio”). As of December 31, 2015, only the SSC region has a remaining goodwill balance.
The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test is performed on the last day of February, or more frequently, should circumstances change which would indicate the fair value of goodwill is below its carrying amount. The determination as to whether a triggering event exists that would warrant an interim review of goodwill and whether a write-down of goodwill is necessary involves significant judgment based on short-term and long-term projections of the Company. As a result of the significant decrease in market capitalization and a decline in the Company’s performance primarily due to existing members downgrading their memberships to those with lower monthly dues and new members enrolling at lower rates that occurred between February 28, 2015 and May 31, 2015, the Company performed an interim impairment test as of May 31, 2015.
The Company’s current year annual goodwill impairment test as of February 28, 2015 and the interim test performed as of May 31, 2015 were performed using the two-step goodwill impairment analysis. Step 1 involves comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting units to their carrying amounts. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, there is no requirement to perform step two of the impairment test, and there is no impairment. If the reporting unit’s carrying amount is greater than the estimated fair value, the second step must be completed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Step 2 calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the estimated fair value of all tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, of the reporting unit from the estimated fair value of the reporting unit as determined in Step 1. The implied fair value of goodwill determined in this step is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recognized equal to the difference. The Company concluded that there would be no remaining implied value attributable to the Outlier Clubs.
As a result of the May 31, 2015 interim impairment test, the Company concluded that there would be no remaining implied fair value of goodwill attributable to the NYSC and BSC regions. Accordingly, as of May 31, 2015, the Company wrote off $31,558 of goodwill associated with these reporting units. The Company did not have a goodwill impairment charge in the SSC region as a result of the interim test given the profitability of this unit. The February 28, 2015 annual impairment test supported the recorded goodwill balance and as such no impairment of goodwill was required.
For the May 31, 2015 and February 28, 2015 impairment tests, fair value was determined by using a weighted combination of two market-based approaches (weighted 50% collectively) and an income approach (weighted 50%), as this combination was deemed to be the most indicative of the Company’s fair value in an orderly transaction between market participants. Under the market-based approaches, the Company utilized information regarding the Company, the Company’s industry as well as publicly available industry information to determine earnings multiples and sales multiples that are used to value the Company’s reporting units. Under the income approach, the Company determined fair value based on estimated future

F-18


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


cash flows of each reporting unit, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn, which are unobservable Level 3 inputs. The discounted estimates of future cash flows include significant management assumptions such as revenue growth rates, operating margins, weighted average cost of capital, and future economic and market conditions. The estimated weighted-average cost of capital of NYSC and SSC were 9.2% and 11.2% as of May 31, 2015, respectively, compared to 13.3% and 13.9% as of February 28, 2015. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including revenue growth rates and operating margins, discount rates and future market conditions, among others. These assumptions were determined separately for each reporting unit. The Company believes its assumptions are reasonable. The estimated fair value of SSC were greater than book value by 65% as of May 31, 2015 and 84% as of February 28, 2015.
Solely for purposes of establishing inputs for the fair value calculation described above related to goodwill impairment testing, the Company made the following assumptions. The Company developed long-range financial forecasts (three years) for all reporting units and assumed known changes in the existing club base. Terminal growth rates were calculated for years beyond the three year forecast. As of May 31, 2015, the Company used discount rates ranging from 8.2% to 11.2% and terminal growth rates ranging from 1.0% to 3.0%. As of February 28, 2015, the Company used discount rates ranging from 13.2% to 13.9% and terminal growth rates ranging from 0.5% to 3.0%. These assumptions are developed separately for each reporting unit.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill from December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2015 are detailed in the charts below.
 
NYSC
 
BSC
 
SSC
 
Outlier Clubs
 
Total
Goodwill
$
31,549

 
$
15,775

 
$
1,175

 
$
3,982

 
$
52,481

Changes due to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations

 

 
(140
)
 

 
(140
)
Less: accumulated impairment of goodwill

 
(15,766
)
 

 
(3,982
)
 
(19,748
)
Balance as of December 31, 2014
31,549

 
9

 
1,035

 

 
32,593

Changes due to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations

 

 
(10
)
 

 
(10
)
Less: impairment of goodwill
(31,549
)
 
(9
)
 

 

 
(31,558
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
$

 
$

 
$
1,025

 
$

 
$
1,025

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
Gross Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Intangibles
Membership lists
$
11,344

 
$
(11,344
)
 
$

Management contracts
250

 
(112
)
 
138

Trade names
40

 
(7
)
 
33

 
$
11,634

 
$
(11,463
)
 
$
171

 
As of December 31, 2014
 
Gross Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Intangibles
Membership lists
$
11,344

 
$
(11,163
)
 
$
181

Management contracts
250

 
(73
)
 
177

Trade names
40

 
(4
)
 
36

 
$
11,634

 
$
(11,240
)
 
$
394

Intangible assets were acquired in connection with the Company’s acquisitions during 2013. Amortization expense of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $223, $513 and $314 respectively.

F-19


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The aggregate amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter of the acquired intangible assets is as follows:
 
Year Ending December 31,
 
2016
$
36

2017
30

2018
24

2019
19

2020
16

2021 and thereafter
46

 
$
171

8.    Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:
 
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
Accrued payroll
$
5,237

 
$
3,966

Accrued construction in progress and equipment
1,235

 
4,822

Accrued occupancy costs
8,091

 
7,493

Accrued insurance claims
2,346

 
2,065

Accrued other
9,130

 
8,356

 
$
26,039

 
$
26,702

9.    Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of the following:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
2013 Term Loan Facility
$
275,417

 
$
308,284

Less: Unamortized discount
(6,418
)
 
(8,413
)
Less: Current portion due within one year
(2,810
)
 
(3,114
)
Long-term portion
$
266,189

 
$
296,757


The aggregate long-term debt obligations maturing during the next five years and thereafter are as follows:
 
Amount Due
Year Ending December 31,
 
2016
$
2,810

2017
2,810

2018
2,810

2019
2,810

2020
2,810

2021 and thereafter
261,367

 
$
275,417

2013 Senior Credit Facility
On November 15, 2013, TSI, LLC, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a $370,000 senior secured credit facility (“2013 Senior Credit Facility”), among TSI, LLC, TSI Holdings II, LLC, a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Holdings II”), as a Guarantor, the lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG, as administrative agent, and

F-20


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Keybank National Association, as syndication agent. The 2013 Senior Credit Facility consists of a $325,000 term loan facility maturing on November 15, 2020 (“2013 Term Loan Facility”) and a $45,000 revolving loan facility maturing on November 15, 2018 (“2013 Revolving Loan Facility”). Proceeds from the 2013 Term Loan Facility of $323,375 were issued, net of an original issue discount (“OID”) of 0.5%, or $1,625. Debt issuance costs recorded in connection with the 2013 Senior Credit Facility were $5,119 and are being amortized as interest expense and are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company also recorded additional debt discount of $4,356 related to creditor fees. The proceeds from the 2013 Term Loan Facility were used to pay off amounts outstanding under the Company’s previously outstanding long-term debt facility originally entered into on May 11, 2011 (as amended from time to time), and to pay related fees and expenses. None of the revolving loan facility was drawn upon as of the closing date on November 15, 2013, but loans under the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility may be drawn from time to time pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility. The borrowings under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed and secured by assets and pledges of capital stock by Holdings II, TSI, LLC, and, subject to certain customary exceptions, the wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of TSI, LLC.
Borrowings under the 2013 Term Loan Facility and the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility, at TSI, LLC’s option, bear interest at either the administrative agent’s base rate plus 2.5% or a LIBOR rate adjusted for certain additional costs (the “Eurodollar Rate”) plus 3.5%, each as defined in the 2013 Senior Credit Facility. With respect to the outstanding initial term loans, the Eurodollar Rate has a floor of 1.00% and the base rate has a floor of 2.00%. Commencing with the last business day of the quarter ended March 31, 2014, TSI, LLC is required to pay 0.25% of the principal amount of the term loans each quarter, which may be reduced by voluntary prepayments. As of December 31, 2015, TSI LLC has made a total of $19,754 in principal payments on the 2013 Term Loan Facility.
On January 30, 2015, the 2013 Senior Credit Facility was amended (the "Amendment") to permit TSI Holdings to purchase term loans under the Credit Agreement. Any term loans so purchased by TSI Holdings will be cancelled in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended by the Amendment. The Company may from time to time purchase term loans in market transactions, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise; however the Company is under no obligation to make any such purchases. Any such transactions, and the amounts involved, will depend on prevailing market conditions, liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material. In December 2015, TSI Holdings purchased $29,829 principal amount of debt outstanding under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility in the open market for $10,947, and such debt was transferred to TSI, LLC and cancelled, which resulted in a gain on extinguishment of debt of $17,911, including the write-off of related deferred financing costs and debt discount of $249 and $707, respectively.
The terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility provide for a financial covenant in the situation where the total utilization of the revolving loan commitments (other than letters of credit up to $5,500 at any time outstanding) exceeds 25% of the aggregate amount of those commitments. In such event, TSI, LLC is required to maintain a total leverage ratio, as defined in the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, of no greater than 4.50:1.00. While not subject to the total leverage ratio covenant as of December 31, 2015 as the Company’s only utilization of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility as of December 31, 2015 was $2,851 of issued and outstanding letters of credit thereunder, because the Company’s total leverage ratio as of December 31, 2015 was in excess of 4.50:1.00, the Company is currently not able to utilize more than 25% of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility. The Company will continue not to be able to utilize more than 25% of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility until it has a total leverage ratio of no greater than 4.50:1.00. The 2013 Senior Credit Facility also contains certain affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that may limit or restrict TSI, LLC and Holdings II’s ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness and other liabilities; create liens; merge or consolidate; dispose of assets; make investments; pay dividends and make payments to shareholders; make payments on certain indebtedness; and enter into sale leaseback transactions, in each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In addition, at any time when the total leverage ratio is greater than 4:50:1.00, there are additional limitations on the ability of TSI, LLC and Holdings II to, among other things, make certain distributions of cash to TSI Holdings. The 2013 Senior Credit Facility also includes customary events of default (including non-compliance with the covenants or other terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility) which may allow the lenders to terminate the commitments under the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility and declare all outstanding term loans and revolving loans immediately due and payable and enforce its rights as a secured creditor.
TSI, LLC may prepay the 2013 Term Loan Facility and 2013 Revolving Loan Facility without premium or penalty in accordance with the 2013 Senior Credit Facility. Mandatory prepayments are required relating to certain asset sales, insurance recovery and incurrence of certain other debt and commencing in 2015 in certain circumstances relating to excess cash flow (as defined) for the prior fiscal year, as described below, in excess of certain expenditures. Pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, the Company is required to apply net proceeds in excess of $30,000 from sales of assets in any fiscal year towards mandatory prepayments of outstanding borrowings. In connection with the sale of the East 86th Street property, accounted for as a building financing arrangement, described in Note 10 - Building Financing Arrangement, the Company

F-21


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


received approximately $43,500 in net sales proceeds (after taxes, before giving effect to utilization of net operating losses and carryforward). Accordingly, the Company made a mandatory prepayment of $13,500 on the 2013 Term Loan Facility in November 2014. In connection with this mandatory prepayment, during the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded loss on extinguishment of debt of $493, consisting of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount of $119 and $374, respectively, and was included in loss on extinguishment of debt in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014. To the extent the proceeds of the sale of the East 86th Street property are not reinvested, the Company may be required to use such amounts, other than amounts used in 2014 to repay debt, to pay down its outstanding debt, as provided under the terms of its 2013 Senior Credit Facility. Based on increased capital expenditures related to the building of new clubs and new studios, the Company does not expect to be required to make a payment at any time.
In addition, the 2013 Senior Credit Facility contains provisions that require excess cash flow payments, as defined, to be applied against outstanding 2013 Term Loan Facility balances. The excess cash flow is calculated annually for each fiscal year ending December 31 and paid 95 days after the fiscal year end. The applicable excess cash flow repayment percentage is applied to the excess cash flow when determining the excess cash flow payment. Earnings, changes in working capital and capital expenditure levels all impact the determination of any excess cash flow. The applicable excess cash flow repayment percentage is 50% when the total leverage ratio, as defined in the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, exceeds or is equal to 2.50:1.00; 25% when the total leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00 but less than 2.50:1.00 and 0% when the total leverage ratio is less than 2.00:1.00. The first excess cash flow payment would have been due in April 2015. The excess cash flow calculation performed as of December 31, 2015 did not result in any required payments.
As of December 31, 2015, the 2013 Term Loan Facility has a gross principal balance of $275,417 and a balance of $268,999 net of unamortized debt discount of $6,418 which is comprised of the unamortized portions of the OID recorded in connection with the May 11, 2011 debt issuance and the unamortized balance of the additional debt discounts recorded in connection with the first amendment and second amendment to the 2011 Senior Credit Facility. The unamortized debt discount balance is recorded as a contra-liability to long-term debt on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and is being amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2015, the unamortized balance of debt issuance costs of $2,991 is being amortized as interest expense, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
As of December 31, 2015, there were no outstanding 2013 Revolving Loan Facility borrowings and outstanding letters of credit issued totaled $2,851. The unutilized portion of the 2013 Revolving Loan Facility as of December 31, 2015 was $42,149 and the available unutilized portion, based on the Company’s total leverage ratio exceeding 4.50:1.00, was $11,250.
Repayment of 2011 Senior Credit Facility
TSI, LLC’s previously outstanding senior secured credit facility was originally entered into on May 11, 2011 and consisted of a $350,000 senior secured credit facility (“2011 Senior Credit Facility”) comprised of a $300,000 term loan facility (“2011 Term Loan Facility”) scheduled to mature on May 11, 2018 and a $50,000 revolving loan facility scheduled to mature on May 11, 2016 (“2011 Revolving Loan Facility”).
Contemporaneously with entry into the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, TSI, LLC repaid the outstanding principal amount of the 2011 Term Loan Facility of $315,743. The 2011 Term Loan Facility was set to expire on May 11, 2018. There were no outstanding amounts under the 2011 Revolving Loan Facility as of November 15, 2013, the date of the initial borrowing under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility. The 2011 Term Loan Facility was repaid at face value of $315,743 plus accrued and unpaid interest of $807 and letter of credit fees and commitment fees of $67. The total cash paid in connection with this repayment was $316,617 as of November 15, 2013 with no early repayment penalty. The Company determined that the 2013 Senior Credit Facility was not substantially different than the 2011 Senior Credit Facility for certain lenders based on the less than 10% difference in cash flows of the respective debt instruments. A portion of the transaction was therefore accounted for as a modification of the 2011 Senior Credit Facility and a portion was accounted for as an extinguishment. As of November 15, 2013, the Company recorded loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $750, representing the write-off of the remaining unamortized debt costs and debt discount related to the portion of the 2011 Senior Credit Facility that was accounted for as an extinguishment, and was included in loss on extinguishment of debt in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.

F-22


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Fair Market Value
Based on quoted market prices, the 2013 Term Loan Facility had a fair value of approximately $104,658 and $221,964, respectively, at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and is classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 2 is based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets. The fair value for the Company’s 2013 Term Loan Facility is determined using observable current market information such as the prevailing Eurodollar interest rate and Eurodollar yield curve rates and includes consideration of counterparty credit risk.
For the fair market value of the Company’s interest rate swap instrument refer to Note 11 — Derivative Financial Instruments.
Interest Expense
The Company’s interest expense and capitalized interest related to funds borrowed to finance club facilities under construction for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Interest costs expensed
$
17,914

 
$
18,228

 
$
22,617

Interest costs capitalized
72

 
300

 
32

Total interest expense and amounts capitalized
$
17,986

 
$
18,528

 
$
22,649

Note: The table above does not include $2,666 and $810 of interest expense related to the building financing arrangement in fiscal 2015 and 2014, respectively.
10.    Sale of Building
On September 12, 2014, the Company completed the legal sale of its property (building and land) on East 86th Street, New York City, to an unaffiliated third-party for gross proceeds of $85,650, which included $150 of additional payments to the Company. Concurrent with the closing of the transaction, the Company leased back the portion of the property comprising its health club (“Initial Lease”) and had agreed to vacate the property in connection with the Purchaser's future development of a new luxury, high-rise multi-use building. In connection with vacating the property, the Company had agreed to enter into a new lease (“New Club Lease”) for approximately 24,000 square feet in the new building for the purpose of operating a health club upon completion of construction by the purchaser/landlord. This sale-leaseback transaction was characterized as a financing arrangement for accounting purposes rather than a sale until any continuing involvement has ceased. As of December 31, 2014, the total financing arrangement was $83,400, which was net of $1,750 held in escrow for the Company's former tenant in the building. As part of the transaction, the Company incurred $3,160 of real property transfer taxes, broker fees and other costs which were deferred and were being amortized over the term of the Initial Lease of 25 years, which included option periods. The net fees were included in Other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as December 31, 2014. In March 2015, the Company received the remaining proceeds held in escrow of $500.
On December 23, 2015, the Company terminated the Initial Lease and the agreement to enter into the New Club Lease and received gross proceeds of $3,500 in connection with the termination. The Company must vacate the currently leased area by March 12, 2016 or the Company will be required to return the gross proceeds of the lease termination to the purchaser/landlord. Because the lease was terminated with no continuing involvement, this sale-leaseback transaction was accounted for as a completed sale as of December 23, 2015. Under this treatment, the Company has recorded a $77,146 gain, previously accounted for as a financing, on the sale of the property, recorded in Gain on sale of building in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 23, 2015, the net book value of the building and building improvements was $2,755 and the book value of the land was $986 and the net book value of the deferred building financing costs was $3,005. The gain on the sale of the building is also net of $3,483 of deferred lease receivable related to the Company’s former tenant.
11.    Derivative Financial Instruments
In its normal operations, the Company is exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates. In order to minimize the possible negative impact of such fluctuations on the Company's cash flows the Company may enter into derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”), such as interest-rate swaps. Derivatives are not entered into for trading

F-23


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


purposes and the Company only uses commonly traded instruments. Currently, the Company has used derivatives solely relating to the variability of cash flows from interest rate fluctuations.
The Company originally entered into an interest rate swap arrangement on July 13, 2011 in connection with the 2011 Senior Credit Facility. In connection with entering into the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, the Company amended and restated the interest rate swap agreement initially entered into (and amended in August 2012 and November 2012). Effective as of November 15, 2013, the closing date of the 2013 Senior Credit Facility, the interest rate swap arrangement had a notional amount of $160,000 and will mature on May 15, 2018. The swap effectively converts $160,000 of the $325,000 total variable-rate debt under the 2013 Senior Credit Facility to a fixed rate of 5.384%, when including the applicable 3.50% margin. As permitted by ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, the Company has designated this swap as a cash flow hedge, the effects of which have been reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The objective of this hedge is to manage the variability of cash flows in the interest payments related to the portion of the variable-rate debt designated as being hedged.
When the Company’s derivative instrument was executed, hedge accounting was deemed appropriate and it was designated as a cash flow hedge at inception with re-designation being permitted under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. Interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes since they are being used to transform variable interest rate exposure to fixed interest rate exposure on a recognized liability (debt). On an ongoing basis, the Company performs a quarterly assessment of the hedge effectiveness of the hedge relationship and measures and recognizes any hedge ineffectiveness in the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, hedge ineffectiveness was evaluated using the hypothetical derivative method. There was no hedge ineffectiveness in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
The fair value for the Company’s interest rate swap is determined using observable current market information such as the prevailing Eurodollar interest rate and Eurodollar yield curve rates and include consideration of counterparty credit risk. The following table presents the aggregate fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instrument:
 
Fair Value Measurements Using:
 
Total
Fair Value
 
Quoted Prices
in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Interest rate swap liability as of December 31, 2015
$
2,042

 
$

 
$
2,042

 
$

Interest rate swap liability as of December 31, 2014
$
1,294

 
$

 
$
1,294

 
$

The swap contract liability of $2,042 and $1,294 was recorded as a component of other liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, with the offset to accumulated other comprehensive income ($1,154 and $1,215, net of taxes, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively) on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
There were no significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income in 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the Company does not expect that significant derivative losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2015 will be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months.
12.    Leases
The Company leases office, warehouse and multi-recreational facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. In addition to base rent, the facility leases generally provide for additional rent based on operating results, increases in real estate taxes and other costs. Certain leases provide for additional rent based upon defined formulas of revenue, cash flow or operating results of the respective facilities. Under the provisions of certain of these leases, the Company is required to maintain irrevocable letters of credit, which amounted to $1,136 as of December 31, 2015.
The leases expire at various times through October 31, 2031 and certain leases may be extended at the Company’s option. Escalation terms on these leases generally include fixed rent escalations, escalations based on an inflation index such as CPI, and fair market value adjustments. In the next five years, or the period from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2020, the Company has leases for 20 club locations that are due to expire without any renewal options, three of which are due to expire in 2016, and 53 club locations that are due to expire with renewal options.

F-24


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases are shown in the chart below.
 
Minimum
Annual Rental
Year Ending December 31,
 
2016
$
89,359

2017
84,159

2018
77,854

2019
70,191

2020
64,186

Aggregate thereafter
216,133

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $124,920, $124,816 and $118,811, respectively. Such amounts include non-base rent items of $24,767, $24,340 and $23,539, respectively. Including the effect of deferred lease liabilities, rent expense was $123,872, $124,449 and $117,191 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
The Company, as landlord, leases space to third party tenants under non-cancelable operating leases and licenses. In addition to base rent, certain leases provide for additional rent based on increases in real estate taxes, indexation, utilities and defined amounts based on the operating results of the lessee. The sub-leases expire at various times through December 31, 2022. Future minimum rentals receivable under noncancelable leases are shown in the chart below.
 
Minimum
Annual Rental
Year Ending December 31,
 
2016
$
2,214

2017
1,635

2018
1,140

2019
865

2020
709

Aggregate thereafter
514

Rental income, including non-cash rental income, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $4,669, $4,791 and $5,161, respectively. Such amounts include additional rental charges above the base rent of $0, $229 and $242 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company previously owned the building at the 86th Street club location which housed a rental tenant that generated rental income of approximately $1,926 for the year ended December 31, 2105 and $2,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Refer to Note 10 - Gain on Sale of Building for further details.
For the year ended December 31, 2013, rental income includes non-cash revenue of $424 related to an out of period adjustment for subtenants at certain locations.
13.    Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
The Company’s certificate of incorporation adopted in connection with the IPO provides for 105,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”) and 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”).
The Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “2006 Plan”), authorizes the Company to issue up to 3,500,000 shares of Common Stock to employees, non-employee directors and consultants pursuant to awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, in payment of performance shares or other stock-based awards. An amendment to the 2006 Plan to increase the aggregate number of shares issuable under the plan by 500,000 shares from 2,500,000 shares to 3,000,000 shares was unanimously adopted by the Board of Directors on March 1, 2011, and approved by stockholders at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on May 12, 2011. In April 2015, the Company further amended the 2006 Plan to increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the 2006 Plan by 500,000 shares to a total of 3,500,000. As of December 31, 2015, there were 668,460 shares available to be issued under the 2006 Plan.

F-25


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


Effective December 31, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a stockholder rights plan (the "Rights Plan"). Pursuant to the Rights Plan, the Board of Directors declared a dividend distribution of one preferred share right (a "Right") for each share of Common Stock held as of January 12, 2015. Each Right entitles the holder to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Shares") at an initial exercise price of $15, subject to certain adjustments. On March 24, 2015, the Company entered into a nomination and standstill agreement (the “Nomination and Standstill Agreement”). Pursuant to the Nomination and Standstill Agreement, the Company agreed to redeem, effective immediately, the rights issued pursuant to the Rights Plan. Pursuant to the terms of the Rights Plan, the Company paid a redemption price to the holders of the rights equal to $0.01 per right in cash, or $246, on April 20, 2015.
a.    Common Stock Options
The outstanding Common Stock options as of December 31, 2015 vest in full at various dates between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2019. The vesting of certain grants will be accelerated in the event that certain defined events occur including the sale of the Company. The term of each grant generally ranges from five to ten years.
As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, a total of 544,869, 1,023,606 and 1,029,416 Common Stock options were exercisable, respectively.
At December 31, 2015, the Company had no stock option outstanding under the 2004 Plan while the 2006 Plan had 1,394,869 stock options outstanding.
The Company recognizes stock option expense equal to the grant date fair value of a stock option on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, net of estimated forfeitures. The total compensation expense related to options, classified within payroll and related on the consolidated statements of operations related to these plans was $99, $299, and $843 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and the related tax benefit was $38, $142 and $362 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The 2015 and 2014 benefit of $38 and $142, respectively, were prior to the recognition of the valuation allowance. The total compensation expense of $299 for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes $160 related to incremental compensation expense recognized in connection with the modification of stock options described below.
The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
 
Common
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Balance at January 1, 2013
1,310,818

 
$
5.21

Exercised
(135,786
)
 
4.42

Cancelled
(30,548
)
 
6.33

Forfeited
(4,253
)
 
1.00

Balance at December 31, 2013
1,140,231

 
5.21

Exercised
(73,043
)
 
1.82

Cancelled
(34,567
)
 
12.56

Forfeited
(2,100
)
 
3.54

Balance at December 31, 2014
1,030,521

 
5.29

Granted
850,000

 
2.68

Exercised
(171,718
)
 
1.68

Cancelled
(313,934
)
 
8.61

Balance at December 31, 2015
1,394,869

 
$
3.40


F-26


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2015:
 
Options Outstanding
 
 Options Exercisable
 
Number of Options
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Number of Options
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Common
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2006 grants
53,500

 
7 months
 
12.05

 
53,500

 
12.05

2007 grants
64,500

 
18 months
 
15.44

 
64,500

 
15.44

2008 grants
42,770

 
34 months
 
2.92

 
42,770

 
2.92

2009 grants
80,678

 
47 months
 
1.73

 
80,678

 
1.73

2010 grants
295,921

 
55 months
 
1.84

 
295,921

 
1.84

2011 grants
7,500

 
61 months
 
1.93

 
7,500

 
1.93

2015 grants
850,000

 
67 months
 
2.68

 

 

Total Grants
1,394,869

 
58 months
 
$
3.40

 
544,869

 
$
4.52

At December 31, 2015 stock options outstanding have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.8 years and the total intrinsic value for “in-the-money” options, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $1.19, was $36. At December 31, 2015 stock options exercisable have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 3.6 years and the total intrinsic value for “in-the-money” exercisable options was $36. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $187 for the year ended December 31, 2015.
The aggregated intrinsic value represents the pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the fair value of the Company’s common stock at December 31, 2015 of $1.19 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2015. The intrinsic value is based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock and therefore changes as the fair market value of the stock price changes.
Under the 2006 Plan, stock options must be granted at a price not less than the fair market value of the stock on the date the option is granted, generally are not subject to re-pricing, and will not be exercisable more than ten years after the date of grant. Options granted under the 2006 Plan generally are qualify as "non-qualified stock options" under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Certain options granted under the 2004 Stock Option Plan generally qualify as “incentive stock options” under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The exercise price of a stock option is equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the option grant date.
Options granted during the year ended December 31, 2015 to employees of the Company were as follows:
Date
Number of
Shares
 
Exercise
Price
 
Grant Date
Fair Value
August 19, 2015
700,000

 
$
2.61

 
$
1,827

October 12, 2015
50,000

 
$
2.95

 
148

October 19, 2015
100,000

 
$
3.04

 
304

 
850,000

 
 
 
$
2,279

Included in the August 2015 grants above were 450,000 shares of non-qualified options issued to the Company's COO (“Non-Plan Options”) to purchase its common stock. These Non-Plan Options were granted outside of any shareholder-approved plan as an inducement to accept employment with the Company. The options granted on August 19, 2015 shall vest in three equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant and have a term of five years. These options have an exercise price of $2.61 per share, equal to the closing price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant.
The weighted average fair value of stock options as of the grant date was $1.10 in 2015. The Company did not grant any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
Common
 
Risk-Free Interest Rate
 
Expected Dividend Yield
 
Expected Term (Years)
 
Expected Volatility
2015 Grants
 
1.1
%
 

 
3.99
 
52.03
%

F-27


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The Company calculated the weighted average expected term of stock options to be 3.99 years, which represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. The risk free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. treasury yield in effect at the time of grant. The volatility is determined based on management's estimate or historical volatilities of comparable companies.
As of December 31, 2015, $822 of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be recognized through October 2019.
b.    Common Stock Grants
Restricted Stock Grants
The following restricted stock grants were issued to employees of the Company during the year ended December 31, 2015.
Date
Number
of Shares
 
Share
Price
 
Grant Date
Fair Value
March 2, 2015
207,000

 
$
6.68

 
$
1,383

August 19, 2015
300,000

 
$
2.61

 
783

Total
507,000

 
 
 
$
2,166

Included in the grants above were 300,000 shares of restricted stock issued to the Company's COO (“Non-Plan RSA”). These Non-Plan RSA were granted outside of any shareholder-approved plan as an inducement to accept employment with the Company. The fair value of the Non-Plan RSA was $2.61 per share, representing the closing stock price on the date of grant. These shares will vest in three equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.

The following table summarizes the restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2015.
 
Number
of Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Balance as of January 1, 2013
367,612

 
$
10.72

Granted
178,500

 
9.33

Vested
(98,692
)
 
10.39

Forfeited
(84,249
)
 
10.92

Balance as of December 31, 2013
363,171

 
10.08

Granted
196,500

 
8.47

Vested
(116,890
)
 
9.82

Forfeited
(41,247
)
 
9.92

Balance as of December 31, 2014
401,534

 
9.38

Granted
507,000

 
4.27

Vested
(133,874
)
 
9.20

Forfeited
(249,790
)
 
8.19

Balance as of December 31, 2015
524,870

 
$
5.06

The fair value of restricted stock is based on the closing stock price of an unrestricted share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date and is amortized to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period, net of estimated forfeitures. The total compensation expense, classified within payroll and related on the consolidated statements of operations, related to restricted stock grants was $842, $1,367 and $1,056 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and the related tax benefit was $321, $648, $459 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The 2015 and 2014 benefit of $321 and $648, respectively, were prior to the recognition of the valuation allowance. The restricted shares contain vesting restrictions and generally vest 25% per year over four years on the anniversary date of the grants. The Company granted restricted stock awards totaling 507,000 shares with an aggregate grant date fair value of $2,166 in the year ended December 31, 2015. In the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company granted 196,500 and 178,500 restricted shares, respectively, with an aggregate grant date fair value of $1,663 and $1,665, respectively.

F-28


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock of $1,614 is expected to be recognized through March 2019.
Non-Restricted Stock Grants
The below table indicates the non-restricted common stock grants issued to the Company’s Board of Directors during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The total fair value of the shares issued was expensed upon the grant dates.
Date
Number of
Shares
 
Share
Price
 
Grant Date
Fair Value
January 16, 2014
21,248

 
11.53

 
245

February 2, 2015
35,764

 
6.85

 
245

March 24, 2015
31,845

 
6.28

 
200


c.    Common Stock Dividends
On April 15, 2014, the board of directors of the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share, payable on June 5, 2014 to common stockholders of record at the close of business on May 22, 2014. On February 12, 2014, the board of directors of the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share, payable on March 5, 2014 to common stockholders of record at the close of business on February 24, 2014.
On November 15, 2013, the board of directors of the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share, payable on December 5, 2013 to common stockholders of record at the close of business on November 26, 2013. The aggregate amount of the dividends payable was $3,792, based upon shares of common stock outstanding as of the record date of November 26, 2013 and additional amounts payable with each quarterly declaration as restricted shares vest. The remaining amount payable was $56 and $162 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The quarterly dividend was discontinued in the second quarter of 2014.
On November 16, 2012, the board of directors of the Company declared a special cash dividend of $3.00 per share, payable on December 11, 2012 to common stock holders of record at the close of business on November 30, 2012. The aggregate amount of the dividends payable was $70,296, based upon shares of common stock outstanding as of the record date of November 30, 2012 with another $1,104 payable as restricted shares vest. The remaining amount payable was $62 and $340 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Pursuant to the 2006 Plan, holders of unvested restricted shares as of December 11, 2012 qualify to receive the $3.00 dividend on each future vesting date, subject to continued employment through the vesting date. Holders of unvested restricted shares as of December 5, 2013, March 5, 2014 and June 5, 2014 qualify to receive the $0.16 dividend on each future vesting date, subject to continued employment through the vesting date. As of December 31, 2015, the total dividends payable on unvested restricted shares was $118, of which $90 is classified as the current portion of the dividends payable expected to be paid in 2014 and $28 classified as long-term which is expected to be paid in the vesting periods in 2016 through 2018.
14.    Revenue from Club Operations
Revenues from club operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are summarized below:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Membership dues
$
309,096

 
$
343,185

 
$
358,761

Initiation and processing fees
13,644

 
12,044

 
14,392

Personal training revenue
73,191

 
70,338

 
66,367

Other ancillary club revenue(1)
22,138

 
22,304

 
24,720

Total club revenue
418,069

 
447,871

 
464,240

Fees and other revenue(2)
6,254

 
5,971

 
5,985

Total revenue
$
424,323

 
$
453,842

 
$
470,225


(1)
Other ancillary club revenue primarily consists of Sports Clubs for Kids, racquet sports, Small Group Training and studio classes.
(2)
Fees and other revenue primarily consist of rental income, marketing revenue and management fees.

F-29


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


15.    Corporate Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Federal
 
Foreign
 
State and
Local
 
Total
Current
$
(3,100
)
 
$
67

 
$
197

 
$
(2,836
)
Deferred
(8,262
)
 

 
(3,253
)
 
(11,515
)
 
$
(11,362
)
 
$
67

 
$
(3,056
)
 
$
(14,351
)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Federal
 
Foreign
 
State and
Local
 
Total
Current
$
12,454

 
$
183

 
$
266

 
$
12,903

Deferred
14,684

 

 
25,024

 
39,708

 
$
27,138

 
$
183

 
$
25,290

 
$
52,611

 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Federal
 
Foreign
 
State and
Local
 
Total
Current
$
396

 
$
232

 
$
175

 
$
803

Deferred
6,487

 

 
77

 
6,564

 
$
6,883

 
$
232

 
$
252

 
$
7,367

The components of deferred tax liabilities, net consist of the following items:
 
December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
Basis differences in depreciation and amortization
$
6,578

 
$

Deferred lease liabilities
24,345

 
25,077

Deferred revenue
10,974

 
12,603

Deferred compensation expense incurred in connection with stock options
1,589

 
2,370

Federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards
10,430

 
7,197

Accruals, reserves and other
7,654

 
6,121

Deferred Financing Arrangement

 
39,295

 
$
61,570

 
$
92,663

Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
Basis differences in depreciation and amortization
$

 
$
16,674

Deferred costs
1,751

 
5,604

Deferred rent receivable

 
1,564

Change in accounting method
6,621

 
10,121

Undistributed foreign earnings and other
622

 
587

 
$
8,994

 
$
34,550

Gross deferred tax assets
52,576

 
58,113

Valuation allowance
(52,637
)
 
(69,689
)
Deferred tax liabilities, net
$
(61
)
 
$
(11,576
)
 
As of December 31, 2015, the Company has net deferred tax liability of $61. The state net deferred tax liability balance as of December 31, 2015 is $17. For the year ending December 31, 2014 the Company had a net deferred tax liability of $11,576. The state net deferred tax liability balance as of December 31, 2014 was $3,274.

F-30


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company evaluates whether it is more likely than not (more than 50%) that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces the deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating loss carryforward can be utilized. The Company evaluates all positive and negative evidence when determining the amount of the net deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized. This evidence includes, but is not limited to, prior earnings history, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and projected future taxable income. Significant weight is given to positive and negative evidence that is objectively verifiable.
As required by the authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes, the Company evaluates the realizability of deferred tax assets on a jurisdictional basis at each reporting date. Accounting for income taxes requires that a valuation allowance be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In circumstances where there is sufficient negative evidence indicating that the deferred tax assets are not more likely than not realizable, we establish a valuation allowance. The Company has recorded valuation allowances in the amounts of $43,681 and $60,368 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
In recording the valuation allowance, deferred tax liabilities associated with goodwill generally cannot be used as a source of taxable income to realize deferred tax assets with a definitive loss carry forward period. The Company does not amortize goodwill for book purposes but does amortize goodwill with tax basis for tax purposes. The deferred tax liability recorded at December 31, 2015 relates to the tax effect of differences between book and tax basis of intangible assets not expected to reverse during the Company’s net operating loss carry forward period.
As of December 31, 2015, state tax net operating loss carry-forwards were $11,020. Such amounts expire between December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2034. The Company has not recorded a tax benefit for the windfall portion of the stock compensation that either created or increased the remaining state net operating losses for tax purposes. As such, the amount of state net operating loss carry-forwards for which a tax benefit would be recorded to additional paid-in capital when the tax benefit is realized is approximately $590 as of December 31, 2015.
The Company’s foreign pre-tax earnings related to the Swiss entity were $277, $762 and $968 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and the related current tax provisions were $67, $183 and $232, respectively. In 2011, the Company repatriated Swiss earnings through 2010. In accordance with ASC 740-30, the Company has recognized a deferred tax liability of $622 for the incremental U.S. tax cost on the total cumulative undistributed earnings of the Swiss clubs for the period through December 31, 2015.
The results for the years ended December 31, 2013 include error corrections that resulted in an increase in benefit for corporate income taxes and a related increase in deferred tax assets in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and consolidated balance sheet for each year, respectively. In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company identified a correction relating to temporary differences in fixed assets for state depreciation that resulted in the recognition of an income tax benefit of $225. Also in the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company identified corrections related to temporary differences in landlord allowances resulting in the recognition of out of period expense of $209 for a net benefit to provision for corporate income taxes of $16 recorded in the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company does not believe that these error corrections are material to the current or prior reporting periods.

F-31


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


The differences between the United States Federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Federal statutory tax rate
35
 %
 
35
 %
 
35
 %
State and local income taxes (net of federal tax benefit)
11

 
8

 
8

Change in state effective income tax rate
3

 
(4
)
 

State tax benefit related to insurance premiums
(14
)
 
7

 
(6
)
Tax reserves
1

 
1

 
2

Correction of an error

 

 
(1
)
Permanent differences in fines and penalties
2

 
1

 

Other permanent differences

 

 
(1
)
 
38

 
48

 
37

Valuation allowance
(249
)
 
(422
)
 

Elimination of federal effect of state deferred taxes

 
53

 

 
(211
)%
 
(321
)%
 
37
 %
The 2015, 2014 and 2013 effective tax rate of (211)%, (321)%, and 37%, respectively, on the Company’s pre-tax income or loss was primarily impacted by the change in the valuation allowance and the state tax benefits related to insurance premiums and interest paid to the captive insurance company.
The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Company's effective tax rate in any future periods were $1,155 as of both December 31, 2015 and 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, interest (income) expense on unrecognized tax benefits was $81, $(334) and $495, respectively. The Company recognizes both interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties in income tax expenses. The Company had total accruals for interest as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 of $704 and $623, respectively.
A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance on January 1
$
1,187

 
$
13,830

 
$
15,659

Gross decreases for tax positions taken in prior years

 
(12,675
)
 
(1,829
)
Gross increases for tax positions taken in prior years

 
32

 

Balance on December 31
$
1,187

 
$
1,187

 
$
13,830

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $1,187 of unrecognized tax benefits and it is reasonably possible that the entire amount could be realized by the Company in 2016 since the income tax returns may no longer be subject to audit in 2016.
The Company files federal, foreign and multiple state and local jurisdiction income tax returns. The Company is no longer subject to examinations of its federal income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service for years 2010 and prior. U.S. net operating losses generated in closed years and utilized in open years are subject to adjustment by tax authorities.
The following state and local jurisdictions are currently examining our respective returns for the years indicated: New York State (2006 through 2012), and New York City (2006 through 2012).
On January 13, 2016, the Company received from the State of New York a revised assessment related to tax years 2006-2009 for $4,119, inclusive of $1,617 of interest. The Company continues to evaluate the merits of the proposed assessment as new information becomes available during continued discussions with the State of New York. The Company has not recorded a tax reserve related to the proposed assessment. It is difficult to predict the final outcome or timing of resolution of any particular matter regarding these examinations. An estimate of the reasonably possible change to unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months cannot be made.

F-32


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


16.    Commitments and Contingencies
On February 7, 2007, in an action styled White Plains Plaza Realty, LLC v. TSI, LLC et al., the landlord of one of TSI, LLC’s former health and fitness clubs filed a lawsuit in state court against it and two of its health club subsidiaries alleging, among other things, breach of lease in connection with the decision to close the club located in a building owned by the plaintiff and leased to a subsidiary of TSI, LLC, the tenant, and take additional space in a nearby facility leased by another subsidiary of TSI, LLC. Following a determination of an initial award, which TSI, LLC and the tenant have paid in full, the landlord appealed the trial court’s award of damages, and on August 29, 2011, an additional award (amounting to approximately $900) (the “Additional Award”), was entered against the tenant, which has recorded a liability. Separately, TSI, LLC is party to an agreement with a third-party developer, which by its terms provides indemnification for the full amount of any liability of any nature arising out of the lease described above, including attorneys’ fees incurred to enforce the indemnity. As a result, the developer reimbursed TSI, LLC and the tenant the amount of the initial award in installments over time and also agreed to be responsible for the payment of the Additional Award, and the tenant has recorded a receivable related to the indemnification for the Additional Award. The developer and the landlord are currently litigating the payment of the Additional Award and judgment was entered against the developer on June 5, 2013, in the amount of approximately $1,045, plus interest, which judgment was upheld by the appellate court on April 29, 2015. TSI, LLC does not believe it is probable that TSI, LLC will be required to pay for any amount of the Additional Award.
On or about October 4, 2012, in an action styled James Labbe, et al. v. Town Sports International, LLC, plaintiff commenced a purported class action in New York State court on behalf of personal trainers employed in New York State. Labbe is seeking unpaid wages and damages from TSI, LLC and alleges violations of various provisions of the New York State labor law with respect to payment of wages and TSI, LLC’s notification and record-keeping obligations. The Company completed settlement negotiations, pursuant to which TSI will pay its trainers the aggregate sum of $165 in exchange for full releases. The settlement agreement is currently in the process of being executed by the parties, which will become effective upon approval of the court and the class.
On January 21, 2016, in an action styled Triangle 17 Center, LLC v. Town Sports International Holdings (NJ), LLC, ET AL., a Landlord of one of TSI’s competitors filed an action, claiming that TSI engaged in sham litigation to prevent the opening of a competitor’s facility in close proximity to TSI’s location in Ramsey, New Jersey. As this matter is in its infancy stage, it is difficult to determine what, if any, liability TSI may have in connection with this suit, however upon the initial advice of counsel TSI believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted and as such TSI does not believe it is probable that TSI will be required to pay any amounts in connection with this litigation.
In addition to the litigation discussed above, the Company is involved in various other lawsuits, claims and proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of business, including personal injury, employee relations claims and landlord tenant disputes. The results of litigation are inherently unpredictable. Any claims against the Company, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time and result in diversion of significant resources. The results of these other lawsuits, claims and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. The Company establishes accruals for loss contingencies when it has determined that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated. Any such accruals are adjusted thereafter as appropriate to reflect changes in circumstances. The Company concluded that an accrual for any such matters is not required as of December 31, 2015.
17.    Employee Benefit Plan
The Company maintains a 401(k) defined contribution plan and is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). The Plan provides for the Company to make discretionary contributions. The Plan was amended, effective January 1, 2001, to provide for an employer matching contribution in an amount equal to 25% of the participant’s contribution with a limit of five hundred dollars per individual, per annum. Effective January 1, 2016, the Plan was further amended to eliminate this employer matching contribution.
Employer matching contributions totaling $198 and $200 were made in February 2015 and 2014, respectively, for the Plan years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company expects to make an employer matching contribution of approximately $205 in March 2016 for the Plan year ended December 31, 2015.
18.    Reportable Segments
The Company’s operating segments are New York Sports Clubs, Boston Sports Clubs, Philadelphia Sports Clubs, Washington Sports Clubs, Swiss Sports Clubs and BFX Studio, which is the level at which the chief operating decision makers review discrete financial information and make decisions about segment profitability based on earnings before income tax

F-33


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


depreciation and amortization. The Company has historically determined that these clubs have similar economic characteristics and meet the criteria which permit them to be aggregated into one reportable segment. During the fourth quarter of 2014, BFX Studio started to be managed separately and reported as a separate reportable segment as it does not meet the aggregation criteria to be aggregated with the clubs. Geographically, the Company operates its fitness clubs mainly in the United States. Segment information on geographic regions is not material for presentation. Segment information on assets is not presented as the chief operating decision makers do not regularly review segment assets.
The following tables set forth the Company’s financial performance by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Since the first BFX Studio lease was not signed until November 2013, BFX Studio had immaterial impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Clubs
$
422,090

 
$
453,516

 
$
470,225

Studio
2,233

 
326

 

Total Revenues
$
424,323

 
$
453,842

 
$
470,225


The Company presents earnings (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income), provision (benefit) for corporate income taxes, and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) as the primary measure of profit and loss for its operating segments in accordance with FASB guidance for segment reporting. Clubs EBITDA includes all corporate overhead expenses and the impact of equity in the earnings of investees and rental income. Studio reported EBITDA loss of 3,959 and 3,556 in 2015 and 2014, primarily reflecting the rent and occupancy costs, start-up costs and overhead payroll for the Company's three studios opened in September 2014, March 2015 and June 2015.
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
EBITDA:
 
 
 
 
 
Clubs
$
79,232

 
$
53,524

 
$
91,770

Studio
(3,959
)
 
(3,556
)
 
(364
)
Total reportable segments
75,273

 
49,968

 
91,406

Depreciation and amortization
47,887

 
47,307

 
49,099

Interest expense
20,579

 
19,039

 
22,617

Interest income

 

 
(1
)
Income (loss) before provision for corporate income taxes
$
6,807

 
$
(16,378
)
 
$
19,691

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Capital Expenditures:
 
 
 
 
 
Clubs
$
23,427

 
$
37,101

 
$
30,565

Studio
7,044

 
4,953

 
296

Total Capital Expenditures
$
30,471

 
$
42,054

 
$
30,861



F-34


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


19.    Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
2015
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
 
 
 (b)
 
(c)
 
(d)
Net revenue
$
111,424

 
$
108,296

 
$
103,764

 
$
100,839

Operating (loss) income
(7,941
)
 
(41,451
)
 
(19,711
)
 
76,217

Net (loss) income
(12,764
)
 
(31,068
)
 
(22,006
)
 
86,996

(Loss) earnings per share (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
(0.52
)
 
$
(1.26
)
 
$
(0.89
)
 
$
3.50

Diluted
$
(0.52
)
 
$
(1.26
)
 
$
(0.89
)
 
$
3.47

 
2014
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
 
 
 
 
 (e)
 
(f)
Net revenue
$
115,903

 
$
115,697

 
$
112,521

 
$
109,721

Operating (loss) income
(2,104
)
 
2,068

 
2,412

 
(1,624
)
Net loss
(3,515
)
 
(919
)
 
(867
)
 
(63,688
)
Loss per share (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
(0.15
)
 
$
(0.04
)
 
$
(0.04
)
 
$
(2.62
)
Diluted
$
(0.15
)
 
$
(0.04
)
 
$
(0.04
)
 
$
(2.62
)

(a)
Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share are computed independently for each quarter presented. Accordingly, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share may not agree with the calculated full year earnings per share.
(b)
Net loss and loss per share for the second quarter of 2015 included $32,572 and $0.84, respectively, comprised of non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $31,558 and non-cash fixed asset impairment charge of $1,014.
(c)
Net loss and loss per share for the third quarter of 2015 included $12,420 and $0.50, respectively, of non-cash fixed asset impairment charge.
(d)
Net income and diluted earnings per share for the fourth quarter of 2015 included $90,024 and $2.24, respectively, comprised of the following: gain on sale of building of $77,146, gain on extinguishment of debt of $17,911 and gain on lease termination of $2,967.
(e)
Net loss and loss per share for the third quarter of 2014 included $833 and $0.03, respectively, comprised of the following: $928, net of tax, occupancy gain related to club closures, $60, net of tax, related to rental income from the Company's former tenant in the East 86th Street building, $24, net of tax, resulting from rent paid under the building financing arrangement (recorded in interest expense on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations), partially offset by $123, net of tax, related to legal damages resulting from a legal judgment and $56, net of tax, related to legal and other expenses associated with club closures.
(f)
Net loss and loss per share for the fourth quarter of 2014 included $60,368 and $2.48, respectively, comprised of non-cash charge related to a tax valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets.
20.    Separation Obligation
In March 2015, Robert Giardina's employment with the Company as Executive Chairman was terminated. Mr. Giardina continues to serve as a member of the Board and will be treated as a non-employee director. Pursuant to a letter agreement entered with Mr. Giardina in February 2015, Mr. Giardina was entitled to receive payment of $1,100 in accordance with the terms of the agreement, which has been placed by the Company in a Rabbi Trust, and the Company accrued an additional $208 of payroll taxes and medical benefits related to this agreement. These amounts were classified within payroll and related as well as general and administrative on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. Of the $1,100 separation obligation, $679 was paid in April 2015, $140 was paid in September 2015 and the remaining balance of

F-35


Table of Contents
TOWN SPORTS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


$281 is being paid over a 12-month period beginning October 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the remaining separation obligation was $211, which was included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015. The $211 is classified as restricted cash as of December 31, 2015 and is restricted in its use as noted above.
In June 2015, Daniel Gallagher's employment with the Company as Chief Executive Officer and President was terminated. Pursuant to a letter agreement entered with Mr. Gallagher in June 2015, Mr. Gallagher received payment of $150 in June 2015, and is entitled to receive severance payment of $550, payable over a 12-month period beginning July 2015. The Company also accrued an additional $76 of payroll taxes and medical benefits related to this agreement. These amounts were classified within payroll and related on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. Of the $550 severance payment, $286 was paid in 2015 and the remaining balance of $264 was included in Accrued expenses on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015.
In connection with Mr. Gallagher's termination, the Company's Board of Directors named Patrick Walsh, then Chairman of the Board of the Company, to serve as Executive Chairman, on an interim basis, in which capacity Mr. Walsh is responsible for the general management and control of the affairs and business of the Company. In exchange for his service as Executive Chairman, Mr. Walsh is entitled to receive compensation of $30 per month, payable from June 19, 2015. In the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company incurred compensation expense of $191 to Mr. Walsh in connection with this arrangement.
In September 2015, Paul Barron's employment with the Company as Chief Information Officer was terminated. Pursuant to a letter agreement entered with Mr. Barron in February 2015, Mr. Barron received payment of $83 in December 2015, and is entitled to receive severance payment of $319, payable over a a 12-month period beginning December 2015. The Company also accrued an additional $44 of payroll taxes and benefits related to this agreement. These amounts were classified within payroll and related on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. Of the $319 severance payment, $39 was paid in the year ended December 31, 2015 and the remaining balance of $280 was included in Accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015.
In December 2015, Scott Milford's employment with the Company as Senior Vice President of Human Resources was terminated. Pursuant to a letter agreement entered with Mr. Milford in February 2015, Mr. Milford received payment of $103 in December 2015, and is entitled to receive severance payment of $322, payable over a 12-month period beginning February 2016. The Company also accrued an additional $75 of payroll taxes and medical benefits related to this agreement. These amounts were classified within payroll and related on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. The severance payment of $322 was also included in Accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015.

F-36


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index
The following is a list of all exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Report:
 
 
 
Exhibit
No.
  
Description of Exhibit
 
 
3.1
  
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. (the “Registrant”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
 
 
3.3
 
Third Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on September 17, 2014).
 
 
 
4.1
  
Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-126428 (the “S-1 Registration Statement”)).
 
 
 
10.1
  
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2004, by and among Town Sports International Holdings, Inc., Town Sports International, Inc., Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co., L.P. the individuals and entities listed on the BRS Co-Investor Signature Pages thereto, Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P., RR Capital Partners, L.P., and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners II, L.P., Canterbury Detroit Partners, L.P., Canterbury Mezzanine Capital, L.P., Rosewood Capital, L.P., Rosewood Capital IV, L.P., Rosewood Capital IV Associates, L.P., CapitalSource Holdings LLC, Keith Alessi, Paul Arnold, and certain stockholders of the Company listed on the Executive Signature Pages thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-114210 (the “S-4 Registration Statement”).
 
 
10.2
  
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 23, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).
 
 
10.3
  
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 30, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1 of the S-1 Registration Statement).
 
 
10.4
  
Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2013, among Town Sports International, LLC, TSI Holdings II, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent, and Keybank National Association, as Syndication Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated November 15, 2013).
 
 
10.5
 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2015, among Town Sports International, LLC, TSI Holdings, II, LLC, the lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014).
 
 
 
10.6
  
Subsidiaries Guaranty, dated as of November 15, 2013, among each of the Guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated November 15, 2013).
 
 
10.7
  
Pledge Agreement dated as of November 15, 2013, among the Borrower, Holdings II, each of the Pledgors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated November 15, 2013).
 
 
10.8
  
Security Agreement dated as of November 15, 2013, among the Borrower, Holdings II, each of the Assignors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated November 15, 2013).

F-37


Table of Contents

 
 
 
Exhibit
No.
  
Description of Exhibit
 
 
 
10.9
 
Amended and Restated Interest Rate Swap Confirmation, dated November 15, 2013, between Town Sports International, LLC and Deutsche Bank AG New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 2013).
 
 
 
10.10
 
Agreement of Sale, dated December 23, 2013, by and between Town Sports International, LLC and Monty Two East 86th Street Associates LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).
 
 
 
10.11
 
First Amendment to Agreement of Sale, dated March 26, 2014, between Town Sports International, LLC and Monte Two East 86th Street Associates, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).
 
 
 
10.12
 
Second Amendment to Agreement of Sale, dated April 11, 2014, between Town Sports International, LLC and Monte Two East 86th Street Associates, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).
 
 
 
10.13
 
Third Amendment to Agreement of Sale, dated July 7, 2014, between Town Sports International, LLC and Monte Two East 86th Street Associates, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).
 
 
 
*10.14
 
2004 Common Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the S-4 Registration Statement).
 
 
 
*10.15
  
Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s 2004 Common Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).
 
 
*10.16
  
Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective April 2, 2015 (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 27, 2015).
 
 
*10.17
  
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the 2006 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 8, 2006).
 
 
*10.18
  
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the 2006 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 8, 2006).
 
 
*10.19
  
Form of the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors pursuant to the 2006 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 2, 2007).
 
 
*10.20
  
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the 2006 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).
 
 
*10.21
  
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to the 2006 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).
 
 
*10.22
  
Amended and Restated Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. 2006 Annual Performance Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 27, 2015).

F-38


Table of Contents

 
 
 
Exhibit
No.
  
Description of Exhibit
 
 
*10.23
 
Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan Summary Effective January 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).
 
 
*10.24
  
Offer Letter, dated March 18, 2010, between the Registrant and Robert Giardina (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2010).
 
 
 
*10.25
 
Letter Agreement with Daniel Gallagher, dated January 10, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2014).
 
 
 
*10.26
 
Letter Agreement with Carolyn Spatafora, dated April 16, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 25, 2014).
 
 
 
*10.27
  
Form of Executive Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Daniel Gallagher (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).
 
 
*10.28
  
Form of Amendment to Executive Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Daniel Gallagher (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).
 
 
*10.29
  
Form of Executive Severance Agreement between the Registrant and each of Robert Giardina, Carolyn Spatafora and Nitin Ajmera (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
 
 
*10.30
  
Amendment dated March 1, 2011 to Executive Severance Agreement between the Registrant and Robert Giardina (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2011).
 
 
*10.31
  
Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the S-1 Registration Statement).
 
 
 
*10.32
 
Letter Agreement, dated February 25, 2015, between Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. and Robert Giardina (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 25, 2015).
 
 
*10.33
 
Letter Agreement, dated February 25, 2015, between Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. and Daniel Gallagher (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 25, 2015).
 
 
*10.34
 
Form of Amended and Restated Executive Severance Agreement, dated February 25, 2015, between Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. and each of Carolyn Spatafora, and Nitin Ajmera (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 25, 2015).

F-39


Table of Contents

 
 
 
Exhibit
No.
  
Description of Exhibit
 
 
*10.35
 
Nomination and Standstill Agreement, dated March 24, 2015, by and among Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. and PW Partners Atlas Fund III LP, PW Partners Master Fund LP, PW Partners Atlas Funds, LLC, PW Partners, LLC, PW Partners Capital Management LLC, Patrick Walsh, HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd., HG Vora Capital Management, LLC, and Parag Vora. Holdings, Inc. and PW Partners Atlas Fund III LP, PW Partners Master Fund LP, PW Partners Atlas Funds, LLC, PW Partners, LLC, PW Partners Capital Management LLC, Patrick Walsh, HG Vora Special Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd., HG Vora Capital Management, LLC, and Parag Vora (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 25, 2015).
 
 
 
*10.36
  
Letter Agreement, dated March 24, 2015 between Town Sports International Holdings, Inc. and Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 25, 2015).
 
 
*10.37
  
Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 25, 2015).
 
 
*10.38
  
Separation Letter between the Company and Daniel Gallagher (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 18, 2015).
 
 
 
*10.39
 
Letter Agreement with Gregory Bartoli, dated August 17, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 18, 2015).
 
 
 
*10.40

 
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015).
 
 
 
*10.41

  
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Gregory Bartoli pursuant to the 2006 Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015).
 
 
*10.42

  
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Gregory Bartoli (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015).
 
 
*10.43

  
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Gregory Bartoli (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015).
 
 
 
10.44
 
Agreement Regarding Termination of Nomination and Standstill Agreement (Filed herewith).
 
 
 
21
  
Subsidiaries of the Registrant (Filed herewith).
 
 
23.1
  
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (Filed herewith).
 
 
 



F-40


Table of Contents

 
 
 
Exhibit
No.
  
Description of Exhibit
 
 
 
31.1
  
Certification of Executive Chairman pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
 
 
31.2
  
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
 
 
32.1
  
Section 1350 Certification of Executive Chairman.
 
 
 
32.2
  
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
 
 
 
101.INS
  
XBRL Instance Document.
 
 
101.SCH
  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
 
 
101.CAL
  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
 
 
101.DEF
  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
 
 
101.LAB
  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
 
 
101.PRE
  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.
___________________________
*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

F-41